Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Pixelworks

Pixelworks

pxlw · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker pxlw
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Pixelworks
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
________________________________ 
FORM 10-K
________________________________ 

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number: 000-30269
________________________________ 
PIXELWORKS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
________________________________ 

Oregon
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

16760 Upper Boones Ferry Rd. Ste. 101
Portland , Oregon
(Address of principal executive offices)

91-1761992
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

97224
(Zip Code)

503-601-4545
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Trading Symbol(s)
PXLW

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒   No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of
"large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer,", "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

☐
☒
☐

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

☐
☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards
provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Yes  ☐   No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section
404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No ☒
The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  registrant's  voting  and  non-voting  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  at  June  30,  2021  was  $172,650,121  based  on  the  closing  price  of  $3.41  per  share  of
common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market on June 30, 2021 (the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter). For purposes of this calculation, executive
officers and directors are considered affiliates as well as holders of more than 5% of the registrant's common stock known to the registrant. This determination of affiliate status is not a conclusive
determination for other purposes.

Number of shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding as of March 4, 2022: 53,966,262

________________________________ 
Documents Incorporated by Reference

Part III incorporates information by reference to the registrant’s definitive proxy statement, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2021.

1

SUMMARY RISK FACTORS

Our business is subject to varying degrees of risk and uncertainty. Investors should consider the risks and uncertainties summarized below, as well as the
risks  and  uncertainties  discussed  in  Part  I,  Item  1A,  “Risk  Factors”  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Investors  should  also  refer  to  the  other
information contained or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, including our consolidated
financial  statements  and  related  notes,  and  our  other  filings  made  from  time  to  time  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  Our  business
operations could also be affected by factors that we currently consider to be immaterial or that are unknown to us at the present time. If any of these risks
occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and the trading price of our common stock
could decline.

Our business is subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties:

•

•

•

The  ongoing  effects  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  could  disrupt  our  business  or  the  business  of  our  customers  or  suppliers,  and  as  such,  may
adversely affect our financial condition.
The continued uncertain global economic environment and volatility in global credit and financial markets could materially and adversely affect
our business and results of operations.
If  we  fail  to  meet  the  evolving  needs  of  our  markets,  identify  new  products,  services  or  technologies,  or  successfully  compete  in  our  target
markets, our revenue and financial results will be adversely impacted.

• Our product strategy may not address the demands of our target customers and may not lead to increased revenue in a timely manner or at all,

which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and limit our ability to grow.

• Achieving design wins involves lengthy competitive selection processes that require us to incur significant expenditures prior to generating any
revenue  or  without  any  guarantee  of  any  revenue  related  to  this  business.  If  we  fail  to  generate  revenue  after  incurring  substantial  expenses  to
develop our products, our business and operating results would suffer.
If we fail to retain or attract the specialized technical and management personnel required to successfully operate our business, it could harm our
business and may result in lost sales and diversion of management resources.

•

• We have significantly fewer financial resources than most of our competitors, which limits our ability to implement new products or enhancements

to our current products, which in turn could adversely affect our future sales and financial condition.
If we are not profitable in the future, we may be unable to continue our operations.

•
• A  significant  amount  of  our  revenue  comes  from  a  limited  number  of  customers  and  distributors  exposing  us  to  increased  credit  risk  and

subjecting our cash flow to the risk that any of our customers or distributors could decrease or cancel its orders.

• We  generally  do  not  have  long-term  purchase  commitments  from  our  customers  and  if  our  customers  cancel  or  change  their  purchase

commitments, our revenue and operating results could suffer.

• Our revenue and operating results can fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our share price to decline.
•

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations and are forced to seek additional financing alternatives our working capital may be
adversely affected and our shareholders may experience dilution or our operations may be impaired.

• We license our intellectual property, which exposes us to risks of infringement or misappropriation, and may cause fluctuations in our operating

results.

• We face a number of risks as a result of the concentration of our operations and customers in Asia.
• Our operations in Asia expose us to heightened risks due to natural disasters.
• We face additional risks associated with our operations in China and our results of operations and financial position may be harmed by changes in

China's political, economic or social conditions or changes in U.S.-China relations.

• Our international operations expose us to risks resulting from the fluctuations of foreign currencies.
•

If  we  are  unable  to  maintain  effective  disclosure  controls  and  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  investors  may  lose  confidence  in  the
accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

• Our  dependence  on  selling  to  distributors  and  integrators  increases  the  complexity  of  managing  our  supply  chain  and  may  result  in  excess

inventory or inventory shortages.

• We  may  be  unable  to  successfully  manage  any  future  growth,  including  the  integration  of  any  acquisition  or  equity  investment,  which  could

disrupt our business and severely harm our financial condition.
Continued compliance with regulatory and accounting requirements will be challenging and will require significant resources.
Regulations related to conflict minerals may adversely impact our business.

•
•
• Dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  sole-source,  third-party  manufacturers  for  our  products  exposes  us  to  possible  shortages  based  on  low
manufacturing yield, errors in manufacturing, uncontrollable lead-times for manufacturing, capacity allocation, price increases with little notice,
volatile inventory levels and delays in product delivery, any of which could result in delays in satisfying customer demand, increased costs and
loss of revenue.

2

• Our  highly  integrated  products  and  high-speed  mixed  signal  products  are  difficult  to  manufacture  without  defects  and  the  existence  of  defects

•

•
•

could result in increased costs, delays in the availability of our products, reduced sales of products or claims against us.
The  development  of  new  products  is  extremely  complex  and  we  may  be  unable  to  develop  our  new  products  in  a  timely  manner,  which  could
result in a failure to obtain new design wins and/or maintain our current revenue levels.
Intense competition in our markets may reduce sales of our products, reduce our market share, decrease our gross profit and result in large losses.
If we are not able to respond to the rapid technological changes and evolving industry standards in the markets in which we compete, or seek to
compete, our products may become less desirable or obsolete.

• We  use  a  customer-owned  tooling  process  for  manufacturing  most  of  our  products,  which  exposes  us  to  the  possibility  of  poor  yields  and

unacceptably high product costs.

• We  depend  on  manufacturers  of  our  semiconductor  products  not  only  to  respond  to  changes  in  technology  and  industry  standards  but  also  to

•

•

continue the manufacturing processes on which we rely.
Shortages of materials used in the manufacturing of our products and other key components of our customers’ products may increase our costs,
impair our ability to ship our products on time and delay our ability to sell our products.
Because  of  our  long  product  development  process  and  sales  cycles,  we  may  incur  substantial  costs  before  we  earn  associated  revenue  and
ultimately may not sell as many units of our products as we originally anticipated.

• Our  developed  software  may  be  incompatible  with  industry  standards  and  challenging  and  costly  to  implement,  which  could  slow  product

•

development or cause us to lose customers and design wins.
The competitiveness and viability of our products could be harmed if necessary licenses of third-party technology are not available to us on terms
that are acceptable to us or at all.

• Our  limited  ability  to  protect  our  IP  and  proprietary  rights  could  harm  our  competitive  position  by  allowing  our  competitors  to  access  our

proprietary technology and to introduce similar products.

• Our products are characterized by average selling prices that can decline over relatively short periods of time, which will negatively affect our

financial results unless we are able to reduce our product costs or introduce new products with higher average selling prices.
The cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry may lead to significant variances in the demand for our products and could harm our operations.
If we are unable to implement our strategy to expand our PRC operations, our ability to access capital, customers, and talent in China could suffer,
which in turn may materially and adversely affect our worldwide growth and revenue potential.
Even if we complete a listing on The Shanghai Exchange’s Science and Technology Innovation Board, known as the STAR Market (the
“Listing”), we may not achieve the results contemplated by our business strategy and our strategy for growth in the PRC may not result in
increases in the price of our common stock.
Pixelworks  Semiconductor  Technology  (Shanghai)  Co.,  Ltd’s  (“PWSH”)  status  as  a  publicly  traded  company  that  is  controlled,  but  less  than
wholly owned, by Pixelworks could have an adverse effect on us.
The Listing is relatively new, and as a result, it is difficult to predict the effect of the proposed Listing, which may in turn negatively affect the
price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market.
If the Listing is completed, Pixelworks and PWSH both will be public reporting companies, but each will be subject to separate, and potentially
inconsistent, accounting and disclosure requirements, which may lead to investor confusion or uncertainty that could cause decreased demand for,
or fluctuations in the price of, one or both of the companies’ publicly traded shares.
The price of our common stock has and may continue to fluctuate substantially.

•
•

•

•

•

•

•

3

PIXELWORKS, INC.
FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Risk Factors
Note regarding COVID-19

Business.
Risk Factors.
Unresolved Staff Comments.
Properties.
Legal Proceedings.
Mine Safety Disclosures.

PART I

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Reserved.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
Controls and Procedures.
Other Information.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Executive Compensation.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
Form 10-K Summary.

PART IV

SIGNATURES

4

2
5

7
17
37
38
38
38

39
39
40
49
49
80
80
81
81

82
82
82
82
82

83
87

 
NOTE REGARDING COVID-19

    In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic, and the virus continues to exist in areas where we operate
and  sell  our  products  and  services.  Several  public  health  organizations  have  recommended,  and  many  local  governments  have  implemented,  certain
measures to slow and limit the transmission of the virus, including various social distancing ordinances, which has resulted in a significant deterioration of
economic conditions in many of the countries in which we operate.

    The spread of COVID-19 has caused us to modify our business practices, including implementing work-from-home policies and restricting travel by our
employees. To date, our Shanghai and Shenzhen offices are operating with full in-person staffing, our offices and supply chain partners in Taiwan are fully
functional, and our offices in Japan and North America are fully operational, working both in-office and remotely.

COVID-19 may also affect the operations of our suppliers and customers, as their own workforces and operations are disrupted by the pandemic,
which could result in the interruption of our distribution system, temporary or long-term disruption in our supply chains, or delays in the delivery of our
product. While we expect the impacts of COVID-19 to be temporary, the disruptions caused by the virus have negatively affected our revenue and results
of operations in 2020 and 2021. For example, our revenues for fiscal year 2020 were lower than initially anticipated and our revenues for 2021 continued to
be negatively impacted by COVID-19.

The  impact  of  the  pandemic  on  our  business,  as  well  as  the  business  of  our  suppliers  and  customers,  and  the  additional  measures  that  may  be
needed in the future in response to it, including cost-saving measures, will depend on many factors beyond our control and knowledge. We will continually
monitor  the  situation  to  determine  what  actions  may  be  necessary  or  appropriate  to  address  the  impact  of  the  pandemic,  which  may  include  actions
mandated or recommended by federal, state or local authorities.

5

    
Forward-looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation in Part II, Item 7,
contains "forward-looking statements" that are based on current expectations, estimates, beliefs, assumptions and projections about our business. Words
such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates" and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to
identify  such  forward-looking  statements.  These  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and  involve  numerous  risks,  uncertainties  and
assumptions  that  are  difficult  to  predict.  These  forward-looking  statements  include  statements  regarding:  the  features,  benefits  and  applications  of  our
technologies  and  products;  market  trends  and  changes,  including  in  the  video  consumption,  mobile,  video  and  digital  projection  markets;  our  strategy,
including strategy regarding our products, technology, research and development, sales and marketing and acquisition and other growth opportunities; our
strategic plan of re-aligning our mobile, projector, and video delivery businesses and timing and expectations related thereto, including the Listing and
timing  and  benefits  thereof,  including  improved  access  to  new  capital  markets  and  the  funding  of  our  growth  worldwide;  our  plans  with  respect  to  our
reinvestment of our earnings in China; amortization expectations; our expectations with respect to our co-development agreement and related costs and
expenses;  the  sufficiency  of  our  working  capital  and  need  for,  or  ability  to  secure,  financing;  the  success  of  our  products;  customer,  distributor  and
manufacturer concentration; current global economic challenges; exchange rate risk; our competitive advantages in research and development; levels of
inventory at distributors and customers; changes in customer ordering patterns or lead times; seasonality; expectations as to revenue associated with sales
into certain markets in 2022; cost expectations; backlog; future contractual obligations; competition; intellectual property; insufficient, excess or obsolete
inventory  and  variations  in  inventory  valuation;  income  tax  valuation  allowance;  net  operating  loss  utilization;  changes  in  accounting  principles;  and
internal  controls.  Factors  which  may  cause  actual  results  to  vary  materially  from  those  contained  in  the  forward-looking  statements  include,  without
limitation: our ability to deliver new products in a timely fashion; our new product yield rates; changes in estimated product costs; product mix; the growth
of the markets we serve; supply of products from third-party foundries; failure or difficulty in achieving design wins; timely customer transition to new
product designs; competitive factors, such as rival chip architectures, introduction or traction by competing designs, or pricing pressures; litigation related
to  our  intellectual  property  rights;  our  limited  financial  resources;  economic  and  political  challenges  due  to  operations  in  Asia;  including  any
governmental approvals; exchange rate fluctuations; failure to retain or attract qualified employees; the sufficiency of our intellectual property and patent
portfolio; fluctuations in foreign currencies; natural disasters, war or pandemics; the need for additional income tax valuation allowances; limitations on
net operating losses, as well as other risks identified in the risk factors contained in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These forward-
looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to
reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, you should not
conclude that we will make additional updates with respect thereto or with respect to other forward-looking statements. Except where the context otherwise
requires,  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  the  terms  "Pixelworks,"  the  "Company,"  "we,"  "us"  and  "our"  mean  Pixelworks,  Inc.,  an  Oregon
corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

6

Item 1.

Business.

Overview

PART I

Pixelworks is a leading provider of high-performance and power-efficient visual processing solutions that bridge the gap between video content formats
and rapidly advancing display capabilities. We develop and market semiconductor and software solutions that enable consistently high-quality, authentic
viewing experiences in a wide variety of applications from cinema to smartphones. Our primary target markets include Mobile (smartphone, gaming and
tablet), Home Entertainment (TV, personal video recorder ("PVR"), over-the-air ("OTA") and projector), Content (creation, remastering and delivery), and
Business & Education (projector).

We were one of the first companies to commercially launch a video System on Chip ("SoC") capable of deinterlacing 1080i HDTV signals and one of the
first companies with a commercial dual-channel 1080i deinterlacer integrated circuit. Our Topaz product line was one of the industry’s first single-chip SoC
for digital projection. We first introduced our motion estimation / motion compensation technology ("MEMC") for TVs and in recent years introduced a
mobile-optimized MEMC solution for smartphones, one of several unique features in our mobile-optimized X5 visual processor. In 2019, we introduced
our Hollywood award-winning TrueCut® video platform, the industry’s first motion grading technology that allows fine tuning of motion appearance in
cinematic content for a wide range of frame rates, shutter angles and display types.

Our solutions enable worldwide manufacturers to offer leading-edge consumer electronics and professional display products, as well as video delivery and
streaming solutions for content service providers. Our core visual display processing technology intelligently processes digital images and video from a
variety of sources and optimizes the content for a superior viewing experience. Our video coding technology reduces storage requirements, significantly
reduces bandwidth constraint issues and converts content between multiple formats to enable seamless delivery of video, including OTA streaming, while
also maintaining end-to-end content security.

Rapid  growth  in  video  and  gaming  consumption,  combined  with  the  move  towards  high  frame  rate  /  refresh  rate  displays,  especially  in  mobile,  is
increasing the demand for our visual processing and video delivery solutions. Our technologies can be applied to a wide range of devices from large-screen
projectors  to  cinematic  big  screens,  to  low-power  mobile  tablets,  smartphones,  high-quality  video  infrastructure  equipment  and  streaming  devices.  Our
products  are  architected  and  optimized  for  power,  cost,  bandwidth,  and  overall  system  performance,  according  to  the  requirements  of  the  specific
application. On occasion, we have also licensed our technology.

As of December 31, 2021, we held an intellectual property portfolio of 335 patents related to the visual display of digital image data. We focus our research
and development efforts on developing video algorithms that improve quality, and architectures that reduce system power, cost, bandwidth and increase
overall system performance and device functionality. We seek to expand our technology portfolio through internal development and co-development with
business partners, and we continually evaluate acquisition opportunities and other ways to leverage our technology into other high-value markets.

During the third quarter of 2021, we engaged in a strategic plan to re-align our mobile, projector, and video delivery businesses to improve their focus on
the  Asia-centered  customers  and  employee  stakeholders  of  those  businesses.  The  global  center  of  the  mobile,  projector,  and  video  delivery  businesses
continues to be in Asia, and the steps we have taken to date and going forward are intended to improve our ability to access capital, customers, and talent.
We have operated our primary R&D center in Asia for over 15 years and feel that the time is right to take advantage of that existing footprint and develop
our subsidiary, Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (or "PWSH") as a full profit-and-loss center underneath Pixelworks, Inc. for
the mobile, projector, and video delivery businesses. Most of these steps were completed before the end of 2021.

This plan will further enable PWSH to seek qualification to file an application for an initial public offering on the Shanghai Stock Exchange’s Science
Technology Innovation Board, known as the STAR Market (the “Listing”). We believe that the Listing will have many benefits, including improved access
to  new  capital  markets  and  the  funding  of  its  growth  worldwide.  We  presently  intend  to  qualify  PWSH  to  apply  for  the  Listing  so  that  the  Listing  is
consummated in 2023. The process of going public on the STAR Market includes several periods of review and, therefore, is a lengthy process. There is no
guarantee that PWSH will be approved for a Listing at any point in the future.

7

 
Key Markets

We target four key market segments with our products and solutions including:

Market

Products

Mobile (Smartphone, Gaming, Tablet)

Visual processors and software

Home Entertainment (TV, PVR, OTA, Projector)

XCode® transcoding solutions and visual processors

Content (Creation, Remastering, Delivery)

TrueCut® platform for content creators/video providers

Business and Education (Projectors)

Visual processors

Bridging the Performance Gap Between Content Formats and Device Capabilities

In recent years, display refresh rates for TVs, tablets and smartphones have been advancing faster than the ability of content formats to keep up. The refresh
rate, measured in Hertz ("Hz"), is the number of times per second the display updates the image on screen to convey motion. Today, TV displays generally
have  a  refresh  rate  of  120  Hz,  while  smartphones  are  now  moving  from  60  to  90  and  120  Hz.  Despite  this  trend,  the  vast  majority  of  produced  video
content  exists  only  in  24-25  frames  per  second  ("FPS"),  while  most  gaming  and  user  generated  content  is  at  30  FPS.  While  frame  rates  for  new  game
content is on the rise, the rendering, compute and thermal limits of today’s mobile processors often limit the effective frame rates to well below 60 FPS.
The  resulting  mismatch  between  low  frame  rate  content  and  high  refresh  rate  screens  creates  artifacts,  such  as  judder  and  strobing,  that  degrade  video
quality  and  destroy  creative  intent.  The  trend  towards  brighter,  high  dynamic  range  ("HDR")  capable  screens  make  these  artifacts  more  noticeable  to
viewers. Visual quality is further impeded by power constraints and changes in ambient lighting, particularly in mobile devices.

Our  technologies  and  solutions  efficiently  bridge  the  quality  gap  and  enable  the  visual  storytelling  that  is  richer  and  true  to  creative  intent.  In  fact,  our
TrueCut  Motion  Grading  is  the  industry’s  first  solution  to  give  filmmakers  the  ability  to  cinematically  fine-tune  motion  blur,  judder  and  frame-rate
appearance and is used as part of the creative process to empower filmmakers to shoot at any frame-rate, then deliver a cinematically tuned, broader set of
motion and frame rate appearances. While TrueCut technology enables creation of new content or remastering of existing content that preserves artistic
intent across screens, from cinema to home TVs to smartphones, our mobile display processors and software bridge the quality gap for all existing content
viewed on mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets.

Display Trends

Display technologies have recently begun to transition from an era of higher resolutions, response times and frame rates, with lower power and thinner
form factors, to one focused on higher contrast, brightness and more colors.

In  mobile  devices,  Apple  Inc.  has  brought  wide  color  gamut  to  many  of  their  devices  including  the  iPhone,  iPad  Pro,  MacBook  Pro  and  iMac.  These
devices deliver the same color gamut used in digital cinema theatres ("DCI-P3"). Meanwhile, TV manufacturers including Samsung, TCL, Sony and LG
are  bringing  high  contrast,  high  brightness  or  HDR  TVs  based  on  organic  light  emitting  diodes  ("OLED")  and  local-dimming  liquid  crystal  display
("LCD") panels to the living room. Furthermore, some premium and mid-tier smartphones and tablets from Apple, Samsung, Sony, LG and Huawei now
include HDR as a standard feature.

Hardware  improvements  in  color  and  contrast  are  of  little  value  without  content  that  can  take  advantage  of  them.  In  fact,  a  significant  gap  now  exists
between the vast majority of video content available to consumers and these emerging display devices.

•

•

•

Contrast and Brightness: Almost all movies available to consumers today use the "Rec.709" ITU standard format. This format defines brightness
levels up to around 100 "nits" (a standard measure of brightness), whereas HDR TVs are five to ten times brighter, from 540 nits upwards. Most
mobile devices support over 400 nits and sometimes over 600 nits.

Color Gamut: DCI-P3 has a 25% larger color gamut than Rec.709.

Frame Rate:  TVs  commonly  display  at  120  frames  per  second  (120  Hz)  and  up  to  240  Hz  on  more  sophisticated  higher-end  models.  Many
premium tier mobile displays were launched in 2020 with 120 Hz screens, which are quickly cascading down to lower price points. Some of the
gaming smartphones now have displays that run at up to 144 Hz.

8

•

Resolution: TVs have achieved 4k resolutions (3840x2160) and mobile devices today can achieve up to 3440x1440 resolution, and while some
content  is  available  in  4k  resolution,  most  movies  are  only  available  in  FHD  or  HD  resolutions,  which  is  typically  1920x1080  and  1280x720
respectively.

This  gap  between  display  capabilities  and  available  content  brings  significant  challenges  to  video  display  device  manufacturers.  Sophisticated  video
processing  is  required  to  accurately  reproduce  the  intended  video  on  today’s  displays.  We  help  bridge  this  gap  between  the  display  capabilities  and
available content with our visual processors and software and TrueCut® video platform for content creators and video providers.

Content formats are evolving to take advantage of these display improvements. For example, Dolby introduced the "Dolby Vision™" format for movies
and devices, in order to allow consumers to realize the benefits of HDR and wide color gamut. The industry standards body Society of Motion Picture &
Television Engineers released a format specification known as "HDR10" that similarly bridges the gap in contrast and color between content and devices.
The  Ultra-HD  Blu-ray  disk  format  and  streaming  services  such  as  Netflix  and  Amazon  Video  now  support  4k  HDR,  aided  by  improved  compression
standards such as H.265.

Managing many content formats across a rapidly evolving range of displays is a significant and growing challenge. Older content tends to not get upgraded
to the newer formats, yet consumers expect all content to display correctly. As the number of content formats grow, the technology of video processing
becomes increasingly complex.

Delivering  the  intent  of  the  content  creator  requires  sophisticated  algorithms  and  hardware  circuits.  Frame-rate  and  motion  incompatibilities  require  a
significantly higher level of processing and more sophisticated algorithms in order to avoid creating new problems. Most TVs today include frame-rate
conversion chips, but many reviewers complain about artifacts such as halos, breakup in the image and the so-called "soap opera effect". Unfortunately,
without frame-rate conversion, the video can appear to have judder and blur at levels that have increased substantially as a result of the improvements in
contrast, color and detail.

In addition to judder, high-resolution displays suffer from softness and smearing in motion sequences called motion blur. There are numerous causes of
motion blur. The materials used in constructing pixels on the display take a finite amount of time to transition from one state to another. If this time is too
long,  the  image  does  not  update  swiftly  and  motion  sequences  seem  to  smear  or  blur.  For  example,  Hollywood  movies,  TV  shows  and  other  premium
content are usually authored at 24 frames per second or 24 Hz. At this frame rate, the brain can easily notice the transition from one frame to the next. As
the brain and eyes track objects in motion, they have to jump in discrete steps due to the low frame rate. This stop-start motion is perceived by the brain as
motion blur, reducing the visible clarity and fidelity of objects in motion. Additionally, when a motion sequence is played on a digital display device, the
new updated frame is drawn over the top of the still visible previous frame. This "hold" effect is perceived by the brain as blur.

Judder and motion blur artifacts are more noticeable on high contrast, wider gamut displays, regardless of screen size (for example, a 5-inch smartphone
screen viewed from ten inches away appears to be the same size as a 60-inch large screen TV viewed from ten feet away). Our advanced video display
processing provides original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") with solutions that avoid or minimize these artifacts and help realize the potential of their
investment  in  high-resolution  displays.  We  believe  the  most  effective  method  for  removing  both  judder  and  reducing  blur  is  MEMC  technology.  This
technology  is  based  on  complex  mathematical  algorithms  that  insert  additional,  interpolated  frames  to  create  a  new,  faster  sequence  of  frames  that  has
smooth, continuous motion. This technique works for virtually all types of panel technology.

Video Consumption Trend

With  the  advent  of  digital  video,  it  has  become  possible  to  deliver  video  to  consumers  in  an  ever-increasing  number  of  ways.  Traditional  delivery
mechanisms, such as over the air broadcasts, cable, satellite, DVDs and Blu-ray, are being supplemented with Internet streaming and download services.
With these new video delivery options comes the ability to offer more services and improved quality.

According to recent studies by Cisco Systems, Inc. ("Cisco"), video will constitute 82% of all global consumer Internet traffic by 2022. Global IP video
traffic and Internet video traffic will both grow four-fold from 2017 to 2022. Live Internet video will account for 17 percent of Internet video traffic by
2022. Live video will grow 15-fold from 2017 to 2022. This rapid increase in video consumption is being driven by a variety of connected digital video
devices and applications that allow consumers to easily create, share and consume video. In particular, mobile video consumption is rapidly expanding. The
"always on" and ease of use of mobile devices are helping to make them the preferred choice as the "first screen" for many consumers.

As more content becomes increasingly available via the Internet, consumers have more choices for how and where they can enjoy content. According to
Cisco, by 2022 there will be 9.4 billion connected mobile devices across the globe.

9

Video and Gaming Market for Mobile Devices

Mobile devices have become the dominant driver of video consumption and growth. According to the Q3 2019 Global Video Index report from Brightcove,
Inc., more than 62% of all video views are now on mobile devices. Video also continues to grow as a share of mobile traffic usage. According to the June
2020 Ericsson Mobility Report, video now constitutes 63% of global mobile traffic and will rise to a 76% share by 2025. The burgeoning global gaming
market is dominated by the smartphone segment, with 2.5 billion users, according to NewZoo1, a leading market intelligence service covering gaming,
mobile and eSports. In China alone, the number of mobile gamers is expected to reach 637 million with revenue of $32 billion by 2024, compared to $18.5
billion in 2019 – implying 73% growth over five years, according to Niko Partners’ May 2020 report, China Mobile Games Market.

Mobile  display  systems  pose  a  number  of  unique  challenges.  Power  is  of  primary  importance,  impacting  form  factor,  cost  and  performance.  As  these
systems have added more functionality, new features have had to compete for battery life, internal bandwidth and space. The addition of high-resolution
displays has further increased the burden on these resources.

Using the same technology developed for large screen TVs is neither feasible nor desirable. The video display processing pipelines used in TVs consume
many watts of power and would be unsuitable for battery powered systems. In TVs, the size constraints on electronics are significantly less stringent when
compared to mobile systems. To furnish the mobile market with appropriate solutions, we have taken a holistic, system-wide view and re-invented its video
display processing technology to fit within the mobile constraints of battery life, bandwidth, form factor and performance. This approach has enabled us to
create technology that meets the power and size requirements of mobile as well as offering additional benefits such as reducing the bandwidth burden of
high-resolution video and freeing up more bandwidth for the CPU and GPU.

The mobile market today is primarily comprised of smartphones and tablets. Our technology addresses both of these markets.

•

•

Smartphones. Smartphones have become a popular choice for many consumers. International Data Corporation ("IDC") estimates that 1.52 billion
smartphones will be sold in 2023. The resolution of smartphone displays is growing, while the color gamut and contrast is moving toward DCI-P3
and HDR. These improvements in displays actually exacerbate the quality issues of video playback, a growing problem as users increasingly use
their smartphones as their primary form of video consumption.

Tablets. The line between tablets and smartphones is becoming increasingly indistinct as more tablets are offering mobile connectivity and are
now available in sizes similar to those of smartphones. Tablets offer broad appeal to consumers. With the display being the salient component of
smartphones and tablets, and the rapidly increasing use of these devices for video consumption, we believe that the incorporation of video display
processing is the next logical step.

As  5G  network  coverage  rapidly  expands  worldwide,  the  availability  of  5G  chipsets  targeting  smartphones  priced  as  low  as  $200  in  2021,  should
reinvigorate  market  growth  given  the  increased  speed  and  lower  latency  of  the  wireless  connections.  According  to  Counterpoint  Research,  14%  of
smartphones sold in the U.S. in August 2020 included 5G connectivity. In a recent 2020 report, IDC projected the smartphone market to return to a full
recovery by 2022 and that 5G smartphones would capture a 50% global share of shipments by 2023. In addition, service providers in some countries will
also utilize 5G networks to provide fixed wireless broadband. We further believe our compelling mobile display processing functionality, combined with
5G  capability,  will  help  motivate  consumers  to  replace  their  3G  and  4G  phones  at  a  faster  rate  than  occurred  in  the  past  two  years.  Finally,  a  new
smartphone category has emerged as top vendors have previewed foldable smartphones which serve as a phone, and a mini tablet when unfolded. As prices
for  this  capability  inevitably  come  down,  and  further  competition  emerges,  we  believe  this  new  category,  along  with  the  rollout  of  5G  networks,  can
strengthen the mobile device market.

Business and Education Market for Digital Projectors

Increasingly  affordable  price  points  are  driving  continued  adoption  of  digital  projectors  in  business  and  education,  as  well  as  among  consumers.
Technology improvements are helping to reduce the size and weight of projection devices while increasing their performance. Projector models range from
larger  units  designed  to  be  permanently  installed  in  a  conference  hall  or  other  venue,  to  ultra-portable  devices  weighing  fewer  than  two  pounds  for
maximum portability. According to PMA Research Limited, the worldwide front projector market shipped 8.5 million units in 2020 and is forecasted to
reach 12 million units by 2024.

The feature set of projection systems differs from that of a typical large-screen flat panel display such as a TV. This is primarily because the projector is a
sharing and collaboration device while the TV is designed for direct consumption of content.

10

The front projection market serves several different areas such as business, education and home theater. Business users employ multimedia projectors to
display both still and video presentation materials from PCs and other sources. Requirements for the business market include portability, compatibility with
multiple  software  and  hardware  applications,  and  features  that  ensure  simple  operation.  In  education  environments  ranging  from  elementary  schools  to
university  campuses,  projectors  help  teachers  integrate  media-rich  instruction  into  classrooms.  Home  theater  projector  systems  can  drive  large-screen
displays for content consumption where flat panel displays are either economically not viable or physically incompatible for use.

Consistent with the trends of other consumer products, digital projectors are increasingly incorporating networking capabilities that enable the sharing of
video  and  other  content  among  multiple  devices.  This,  in  turn,  is  enabling  new  use  models  for  digital  projection  in  both  the  education  and  business
environments.  For  example,  one  teacher  can  present  the  same  material  simultaneously  in  multiple  classrooms,  and  students  in  different  classrooms  can
display and discuss their work. Such connectivity allows instant access to content and sharing of content, which promotes interaction and collaboration
among dispersed groups. In the business setting, this connectivity enables teleconferencing and the seamless sharing of content for more effective meetings.

Video Delivery Market for Home Entertainment

With the acquisition of ViXS Systems Inc. in August 2017, we expanded both our market presence and product portfolio. The video industry continues to
evolve  and  adopt  new  video  standards  such  as  High  Efficiency  Video  Coding,  4K  Ultra  HD  and  HDR.  The  technical  and  processing  demands  of  these
standards are complex and play directly into our core competencies. Our technologies for video delivery are highly integrated, low power and provide high
quality video processing, allowing seamless connectivity between devices while maintaining end-to-end content security.

The home entertainment sub-markets that we address with our video delivery products include:

• Consumer Products - OEMs and Original Design Manufacturers ("ODMs") design products for the consumer electronics segments.

• OTA - Over the Air applications for single, dual, and quad streaming requirements. End users who want to either "cut the cord" or supplement

their service offerings.

•

IP Streaming - Network streaming devices capable of content portability, and support for your own screen (phone and tablet devices), deployed
by service operators.

Consumer Products

High-resolution  (UHD/4K),  sustained  bitrate  decoding  (100Mbit)  and  advanced  video  formats  (HDR10,  HDR10+)  are  key  requirements  for
advanced personal video recorder ("PVR") products sold in the Japanese market, where the end consumers rate video quality as a key acquisition
criteria. This advanced PVR market in Japan is experiencing growth as products move from 2K to UHD/4K formats. In addition, as the market
introduces new broadcast technologies, like Advanced Digital Satellite Broadcast ("ADSB") in Japan, and ATSC 3.0 in Korea and North America,
there are further growth opportunities in this market segment.

OTA

Subscribers to video content in the home are making changes and demanding choices. While content is freely available, if it is distributed over an
operator network, or even simply over IP, there is a monthly re-transmit fee that is charged to the consumer. As the number of video subscribers to
services such as cable TV has been declining, the monthly re-transmit fee has been increasing. These fee increases are leading more consumers to
‘cut the cord’ and replace their TV subscriptions with over the top ("OTT") video services and free OTA broadcast television. As part of their
OTA experience, consumers are starting to require multiple stream support of concurrent channels, so various devices can view different channels
at the same time.

11

IP Streaming

Related to OTA applications, the service operators that want to provide their own choice to their video subscribers are taking advantage of our IP
Streaming applications. These re-use common platforms, and connect to the in-home infrastructure, either at the set top box level, or the Wi-Fi
router level. This provides a centralized place where the management, and distribution of content can occur.

For service operators, the benefits are:
Customer retention
Reduced use of network bandwidth for free OTA channels

•
•

For consumers, the benefits are:

• One menu that provides aggregation of Linear, Video-on-Demand, OTT, and OTA content
•

Reduced monthly fees related to lower re-transmission fees

Core Technologies and Products

We have developed a portfolio of advanced video algorithms and IP to address a broad range of challenges in digital video. We believe our technologies
can significantly improve video quality and will become increasingly important as the popularity of video content consumption grows, and pixel densities,
screen size and image quality increase. Our products are designed with a flexible architecture that allows us to combine algorithms and functional blocks of
digital and mixed signal circuitry. Accordingly, our technologies can be implemented across multiple products, in combinations within single products and
can  be  applied  to  a  broad  range  of  applications  including  smartphones,  tablets,  and  projectors.  The  majority  of  our  products  include  one  or  more
technologies to provide optimal high-quality video display processing solutions to our customers, regardless of screen size.
Our core Video Display Processing technologies include:

• MotionEngine® MEMC. Our proprietary MEMC technology significantly improves the performance and viewing experience of any screen by
addressing  problems  such  as  judder  and  motion  blur.  Unlike  competitive  solutions  it  also  reduces  halo  effects  that  are  a  byproduct  of  MEMC.
Halos are objectionable blurred regions that surround moving objects as the MEMC algorithms try to reconstruct missing image data caused by
the concealing and revealing of objects as they pass over or behind one another. Removing halos dramatically improves image quality and is of
particular importance on high-resolution displays where artifacts become more visible.

•

•

AI Based Display Processing. The Pixelworks i6 processor dramatically improves video and image quality and sets a new standard for picture
quality  on  both  LCD  and  OLED  mobile  displays  with  a  new  AI-driven  architecture  and  dynamic  refresh  rate  support  for  up  to  144  Hz.  Its
lightweight  AI  display  inferencing  augments  the  Company’s  knowledge  base,  numerous  real  time  inputs  and  fuzzy  logic  IP  to  adaptively  and
intelligently  optimize  overall  picture  quality  for  video,  games  and  photos  at  low  power,  including  real  time  SDR-to-HDR  conversion  and  AI
adaptive display.

Advanced Scaling. As display resolutions continue to increase, there is a need to convert lower resolution content to higher resolution in order to
display content properly. With the latest wave of high-resolution displays, the quality and quantity demands of scaling have increased significantly.
Artifacts  become  more  noticeable  on  these  types  of  displays  as  they  distract  from  the  realism  effect.  In  addition,  with  the  availability  of  high-
resolution content lagging behind the availability of high-resolution displays, high-quality scaling is required to ensure high resolution displays do
not suffer when compared to Full-HD displays of the same size. Our advanced scaling is designed to ensure that up-conversion of lower resolution
content is of the highest quality in maintaining the fidelity of image.

• Mobile  Video  Display  Processing.  We  have  developed  innovative  video  display  processing  solutions  that  are  designed  to  optimize  power
consumption  for  mobile  devices.  Beyond  MEMC  and  advanced  scaling,  these  mobile  solutions  provide  the  kind  of  improvements  in  color,
contrast, sharpness and de-blur that are currently only found in high quality TVs today. Furthermore, this technology can reduce system power
consumption and extend battery life.

•

Transcoding/Decoding. Digital Delivery forms the bulk of not just video content, but all internet bandwidth today. However, throughout the entire
chain from inception to consumption, there are multiple variations in bitrate, resolution, and codecs used for both audio and video. Transcoding is
a fundamental technology used throughout this pipeline that leads to moving pictures viewed on TVs and mobile devices. The XCODE family of
ASICs  has  enabled  many  devices  within  this  pipeline,  from  the  racks  in  some  service  providers  all  the  way  down  to  the  home  user  watching
broadcast  OTA  TV  on  a  smartphone.  XCODE  technology  provides  solutions  that  deliver  UHD  Blu-ray  PVRs  with  capability  of  transcoding
recorded content suitable for viewing on smartphones. The technology supports today’s broadcast standards, such as ATSC 1.0, DVB/T/T2/S/S2,
ISDB/T/S, and ADSB and is scalable to support upcoming broadcast standards such as ATSC 3.0.

12

•

SDR  to  HDR  Conversion.  UHD  video  has  standardized  on  a  technology  known  as  HDR  to  deliver  higher  dynamic  range  content.  This  has
resulted in several competing HDR deployments like HDR10, HLG and HDR10+ with support by multiple industry giants. Our HDR conversion
technology can not only convert between SDR (Standard Dynamic Range) and HDR10, it can also convert among HDR10, HLG and HDR10+
solving an interconnectivity problem between content formatted in one HDR format to Display devices that supports a different HDR standard.

Our product development strategy is to leverage our expertise in video display processing to address the evolving needs of our target markets. We plan to
continue  to  focus  our  development  resources  to  maintain  our  position  in  these  markets  by  providing  leading  edge  solutions  for  the  advanced  digital
projection  and  video  delivery  markets  and  to  enhance  our  video  processing  solutions  for  mobile  markets.  We  deliver  our  technology  in  a  variety  of
offerings, which take the form of single-purpose chips, highly integrated SoCs that incorporate specialized software, full solutions incorporating software
and other tools and IP cores that allow our technology to be incorporated into third party solutions.

Our primary video display processor product categories include the following:

•

•

•

ImageProcessor ICs. Our ImageProcessor ICs include embedded microprocessors, digital signal processing technology and software that control
the  operations  and  signal  processing  within  high-end  display  systems.  ImageProcessor  ICs  were  our  first  product  offerings  and  continue  to
comprise  the  majority  of  our  business.  We  have  continued  to  refine  the  architectures  for  optimal  performance,  manufacturing  our  products  on
process technologies that align with our customers’ requirements. Additionally, we provide a software development environment and operating
system that enables our customers to more quickly develop and customize the "look and feel" of their products.

Video Co-Processor ICs.  Products  in  this  category  work  with  an  image  processor  to  post-process  video  signals  to  enhance  the  performance  or
feature set of the overall video solution (for example, by significantly reducing judder and motion blur). Our Video Co-Processor ICs can be used
with  our  ImageProcessor  ICs  or  with  image  processing  solutions  from  other  manufacturers,  and  in  most  cases  can  be  incorporated  without
assistance  from  the  supplier  of  the  base  image  processor.  This  flexibility  enables  manufacturers  to  augment  their  existing  or  new  designs  to
enhance their video display products.

Transcoder  ICs.  Our  Transcoder  ICs  include  embedded  microprocessors,  digital  signal  processing  technology  and  software  that  control  the
operations and signal processing for converting multiple bitrates, resolutions and codecs to provide bandwidth efficient video transmissions based
on industry standard protocols. Our transcoder technology allows for single, dual and even quad streaming solutions for OTA products. Like our
other ICs, we have continued to refine the architectures for optimal performance, manufacturing our products on process technologies that align
with  our  customers’  requirements.  Additionally,  we  provide  a  software  development  environment  that  enables  our  customers  to  more  quickly
develop and customize their products.

Customers, Sales and Marketing

The key focus of our global sales and marketing strategy is to achieve design wins with industry leading branded manufacturers in our target markets and to
continue  building  strong  customer  relationships.  Once  a  design  win  has  been  achieved,  sales  and  marketing  efforts  are  focused  on  building  long-term
mutually  beneficial  business  relationships  with  our  customers  by  providing  superior  technology  and  reducing  their  costs,  which  complements  our
customers’  product  development  objectives  and  meets  their  expectations  for  price-performance  and  time  to  market.  Marketing  efforts  are  focused  on
building market-leading brand awareness and preference for our solutions.

We utilize direct sales and marketing resources in China, Japan, Taiwan, and the U.S. as well as indirect resources in several regions. In addition to sales
and  marketing  representatives,  we  have  field  application  engineers  who  provide  technical  expertise  and  assistance  to  manufacturing  customers  on  final
product development.

Our global distribution channel is multi-tiered and involves both direct and indirect distribution channels, as described below:

• Distributors. Distributors are resellers in local markets who provide engineering support and stock our semiconductors in direct relation to specific
manufacturing customer orders. Our distributors often have valuable and established relationships with our end customers, and in certain countries
it is customary to sell to distributors. While a distributor's payment to us is not dependent upon the distributor’s ability to resell the product or to
collect  from  the  end  customer,  our  distributors  may  provide  longer  payment  terms  to  end  customers  than  those  we  would  offer.  Sales  to
distributors accounted for 56% and 49% of revenue in 2021 and 2020 respectively.

13

One of our distributors, Tokyo Electron Device Ltd. represented more than 10% of revenue in each of 2021 and 2020, and accounted for more
than  10%  of  accounts  receivable  as  of  December  31,  2021.  Another  distributor,  Upstar  Technology  Limited  accounted  for  more  than  10%  of
revenue in 2021 and accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. No other distributor accounted for
more than 10% of revenue in 2021 and 2020 or represented more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021 or 2020.

We have distributor relationships in Japan, China, Europe, Korea, Taiwan and the U.S.

• Direct Relationships.  We  have  established  direct  relationships  with  companies  that  manufacture  high-end  display  systems.  Some  of  our  direct
relationships  are  supported  by  commission-based  manufacturers’  representatives,  who  are  independent  sales  agents  that  represent  us  in  local
markets and provide engineering support but do not carry inventory. Revenue through direct relationships accounted for 44% and 51% of total
revenue in 2021 and 2020, respectively.

We have direct relationships with companies falling into the following three classifications:

•

•

•

Integrators. Integrators are OEMs who build display devices based on specifications provided by branded suppliers.

Branded Manufacturers.  Branded  manufacturers  are  globally  recognized  manufacturers  who  develop  display  device  specifications  and
manufacture, market and distribute display devices either directly or through resellers to end-users.

Branded Suppliers. Branded suppliers are globally recognized suppliers who develop display device specifications and then source them
from integrators, typically in Asia, and distribute them either directly or through resellers to end-users.

Revenue attributable to our top five end customers together represented 76% and 58% of revenue in 2021 and 2020, respectively. End customers include
customers who purchase directly from us as well as customers who purchase products indirectly through distributors. Sales to Seiko Epson Corporation
represented more than 10% of revenue in each of 2021 and 2020, and accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021 and
2020. Sales to vivo Communication Technology Co. Ltd. represented more than 10% of revenue in 2021. No other end customer accounted for more than
10% of revenue in 2021 and 2020 or represented more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021 or 2020.

Seasonality

Our business is subject to seasonality related to the markets we serve and the location of our customers. For example, we have historically experienced
higher revenue from the digital projector market in the third quarter of the year, and lower revenue in the first quarter of the year, as our Japanese customers
reduce inventories in anticipation of their March 31 fiscal year end.

Geographic Distribution of Sales

Sales outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 97% and 93% of revenue in 2021 and 2020 respectively.

Financial  information  regarding  our  domestic  and  foreign  operations  is  presented  in  "Note  14.  Segment  Information"  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

Backlog

Our sales are made pursuant to customer purchase orders for delivery of standard products. The volume of product actually purchased by our customers, as
well as shipment schedules, are subject to frequent revisions that reflect changes in both the customers’ needs and product availability. In light of industry
practice and our own experience, we do not believe that backlog as of any particular date is indicative of future results.

Competition

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive. Further, the markets for higher performance display and projection devices, including the markets for
mobile devices, digital projectors and other applications demanding high quality video, are characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry
standards, compressed product life cycles and declining average selling prices. We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include product
performance, time to market, cost, functional versatility provided by software, customer relationships and reputation, patented innovative designs, levels of
product integration, compliance with industry standards and system design cost. We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors.

14

Our current products face competition from developers of application processors and specialized display controllers designed by merchant chip vendors,
our customers, potential customers and display panel vendors. Additionally, new alternative display processing technologies and industry standards may
emerge that compete with technologies we offer.

We also compete with specialized and diversified electronics and semiconductor companies that offer display processors or scaling components including:
Actions  Microelectronics  Co.,  Ltd.,  ARM  Holdings  PLC,  Dolby  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Egis  Technology  Inc.,  Hisilicon  Technologies  Co.,  Ltd.,  i-Chips
Technology  Inc.,  Lattice  Semiconductor  Corporation,  MediaTek  Inc.,  Novatek  Microelectronics  Corp.,  NVIDIA  Corporation,  Qualcomm  Incorporated,
Realtek Semiconductor Corp., Renesas Electronics America Inc., Socionext Inc., Solomon Systech (International) Ltd., STMicroelectronics N.V., Sunplus
Technology Co., Ltd., Synaptics Incorporated, Texas Instruments Incorporated, Unisoc Communications, Inc., and other companies. Potential and current
competitors may include diversified semiconductor manufacturers and the semiconductor divisions or affiliates of some of our customers, including: Apple
Inc.,  Broadcom  Inc.,  LG  Electronics,  Inc.,  MegaChips  Corporation,  Mitsubishi  Digital  Electronics  America,  Inc.,  NEC  Corporation,  Panasonic
Corporation,  Samsung  Electronics  Co.,  Ltd.,  Socionext  Inc.,  ON  Semiconductor  Corporation,  Seiko  Epson  Corporation,  Sharp  Electronics  Corporation,
Sony Corporation, and Toshiba America, Inc. In addition, start-up companies may seek to compete in our markets.

Research and Development

Low power research and development efforts are focused on the development of our solutions for the mobile device, digital projector and video delivery
markets.  Our  development  efforts  are  focused  on  pursuing  higher  levels  of  video  performance,  integration  and  new  features  in  order  to  provide  our
customers with solutions that enable them to introduce market leading products and help lower final systems costs.

We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, significant resources in research and development activities. Our research and development expenses
were $27.3 million and $25.0 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively. During 2021, we received a reimbursement related to a co-development arrangement
with a customer for costs incurred in connection with our development of an integrated circuit ("IC") product. As a result of the reimbursement, our overall
research and development expense was reduced by $4.0 million in 2021. There were no reductions to research and development expense related to co-
development arrangements in 2020.

Manufacturing

Within  the  semiconductor  industry  we  are  known  as  a  "fabless"  company,  meaning  that  we  do  not  manufacture  the  semiconductors  that  we  design  and
develop, but instead contract with a limited number of foundries and assembly and test vendors to produce all of our wafers and for completion of finished
products. The fabless approach allows us to concentrate our resources on product design and development where we believe we have greater competitive
advantages.

See "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information on risks related to our manufacturing strategy and processes.    

Intellectual Property

We protect our projector, mobile, video delivery and TrueCut businesses with a combination of nondisclosure agreements and patent, copyright, trademark
and trade secret laws to protect the algorithms, design and architecture of our technology. As of December 31, 2021, we held 335 patents and have 9 patent
applications  pending,  compared  to  338  patents  and  9  patent  applications  pending  as  of  December  31,  2020.  The  patents  we  hold  relate  generally  to
improvements in the visual display of digital image data including, but not limited to, improvements in image scaling, image correction, automatic image
optimization and video signal processing for digital displays. Our U.S. and foreign patents are generally enforceable for 20 years from the date they were
filed. Accordingly, our issued patents have from approximately 1 to 18 years remaining in their respective term, depending on their filing dates. We believe
that the remaining term of our patents is adequate relative to the expected lives of our related products.

We  intend  to  seek  patent  protection  for  other  significant  technologies  that  we  have  already  developed  and  expect  to  seek  patent  protection  for  future
products and technologies as necessary. Patents may not be issued as a result of any pending applications and any claims allowed under issued patents may
be insufficiently broad to protect our technology. Existing or future patents may be invalidated, diluted, circumvented, challenged or licensed to others.
Furthermore, the laws of certain foreign countries in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including various countries in
Asia, may not protect our products or intellectual property rights in the same manner and to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. and, thus, make the
possibility of piracy of our technology and products more likely in these countries.

15

The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection of intellectual property rights, which have resulted in significant and often protracted
and  expensive  litigation.  We,  our  customers  or  our  foundries  from  time  to  time  may  be  notified  of  claims  that  we  may  be  infringing  patents  or  other
intellectual property rights owned by third parties. Litigation by or against us relating to patent infringement or other intellectual property matters could
result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not such litigation results in a determination
favorable to us. In the event of an adverse result in any such litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages, cease the manufacture, use and
sale of infringing products, expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology, discontinue the use of certain processes or obtain licenses to
the infringing technology. We may not be able to settle any alleged patent infringement claim through a cross-licensing arrangement. In the event any third
party made a valid claim against us, our customers or our foundries, and a license was not made available to us on terms that are acceptable to us or at all,
we would be adversely affected.

See  "Risk  Factors"  in  Part  I,  Item  1A,  and  "Note  11.  Commitments  and  Contingencies"  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for
information on various risks related to intellectual property.

Environmental Matters

Environmental  laws  and  regulations  are  complex,  change  frequently  and  have  tended  to  become  more  stringent  over  time.  We  have  incurred,  and  may
continue  to  incur,  significant  expenditures  to  comply  with  these  laws  and  regulations  and  we  may  incur  additional  capital  expenditures  and  asset
impairments to ensure that our products and our vendors’ products are in compliance with these regulations. We would be subject to significant penalties
for failure to comply with these laws and regulations.

See "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information on various environmental risks.

Employees

As of December 31, 2021, we had a total of 217 employees, the majority of which were full-time, compared to 197 employees as of December 31, 2020.

Corporate Information

Pixelworks was founded in 1997 and is incorporated under the laws of the state of Oregon. Our stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the
symbol "PXLW".

Availability of Securities and Exchange Commission Filings

We make available through our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to
those  reports  and  any  filings  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  free  of  charge  as  soon  as  reasonably
practicable  after  we  electronically  file  or  furnish  such  material  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC").  Our  Internet  address  is
www.pixelworks.com. The content on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this filing. Our committee charters
and code of ethics are also available free of charge on our website.

The SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports
on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, if any, or other filings filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy and
information statements.

16

Item 1A.

Risk Factors.

The following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and the trading price of our common
stock  could  decline.  These  risk  factors  do  not  identify  all  of  the  risks  that  we  face.  Our  business  operations  could  also  be  affected  by  factors  that  we
currently  consider  to  be  immaterial  or  that  are  unknown  to  us  at  the  present  time.  Investors  should  also  refer  to  the  other  information  contained  or
incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, including our consolidated financial statements and
related notes, and our other filings made from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

Risks Related to COVID-19

The ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic could disrupt our business or the business of our customers or suppliers, and as such, may adversely
affect our financial condition.

Our business, the businesses of our customers, and the businesses of our suppliers could be materially and adversely affected by the effects of the COVID-
19 pandemic and the related governmental, business and community responses to it. Additionally, the economies and financial markets of many countries
have been impacted by the pandemic, and the longevity and significance of the resulting economic impact is currently unknown. A significant economic
downturn could materially and adversely affect our end customers, and thus could negatively impact demand for our products and our operating results. 

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, many state governments in the U.S. issued restrictive orders, including “shelter in place” or “stay at home” orders,
that restricted its residents from leaving their homes or returning to work. At Pixelworks, our offices in Japan and North America are currently operating in
office  and  remotely.  The  potential  future  impact  of  any  “stay  at  home”  orders  or  other  similar  COVID-related  restraints  on  movement,  may  adversely
impact  the  efficiency  and  effectiveness  of  our  organization,  as  well  as  the  operations  of  our  suppliers  and  customers.  We  face  additional  risks  and
challenges related to having a portion of our workforce working from home, including added pressure on our IT systems and the security of our network,
and new challenges as our team adjusts to online collaboration. Additionally, our sales team may not be able to make sales calls to current and potential
customers at the same volume as they did prior to the outbreak of the pandemic as they juggle varying competing interests. Also, our ability to make in-
person sales calls may be affected in areas with stay at home orders or other restrictions in place, which may, in turn, affect our revenues.

The outbreak of COVID-19 may put additional pressures on our supply chain, including temporary or long-term disruption or delays. If the impact of an
outbreak continues for an extended period, it could adversely impact our supply chain and the growth of our revenues. COVID-19 may result in supply
shortages of our products or our ability to import, export or sell product to customers in both the U.S. and international markets. Any decrease, limitations
or delays on our ability to import, export, or sell our products would harm our business. 

The continued uncertain global economic environment and volatility in global credit and financial markets could materially and adversely affect our
business and results of operations.

The state of the global economy continues to be uncertain. As a result of these conditions, our manufacturers, vendors and customers might experience
deterioration of their businesses, cash flow shortages and difficulty obtaining financing, which could result in interruptions or delays in the performance of
any  contracts,  reductions  and  delays  in  customer  purchases,  delays  in  or  the  inability  of  customers  to  obtain  financing  to  purchase  our  products,  and
bankruptcy of customers. Furthermore, the constraints in the capital and credit markets, may limit the ability of our customers to meet their liquidity needs,
which  could  result  in  an  impairment  of  their  ability  to  make  timely  payments  to  us  and  reduce  their  demand  for  our  products,  adversely  impacting  our
results of operations and cash flows. This environment has also made it difficult for us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities.

17

Company Specific Risks

If we fail to meet the evolving needs of our markets, identify new products, services or technologies, or successfully compete in our target markets, our
revenue and financial results will be adversely impacted.

Pixelworks  designs,  develops  and  markets  visual  processing  and  advanced  media  processing  solutions  in  the  mobile  video,  digital  projection  and  video
delivery  markets.  Our  success  depends  to  a  significant  extent  on  our  ability  to  meet  the  evolving  needs  of  these  markets  and  to  enhance  our  existing
products, solutions and technologies. In addition, our success depends on our ability to identify emerging industry trends and to develop new products,
solutions and technologies. Our existing markets and products and new markets and products may require a considerable investment of technical, financial,
compliance, sales and marketing resources.

We cannot assure you that our strategic direction will result in innovative products and technologies that provide value to our customers and partners. If we
fail to anticipate the changing needs of our target markets and emerging technology trends, or adapt that strategy as market conditions evolve, in a timely
manner to exploit potential market opportunities our business will be harmed. In addition, if demand for products and solutions from these markets is below
our  expectations,  if  we  fail  to  achieve  consumer  or  market  acceptance  of  them  or  if  we  are  not  able  to  develop  these  products  and  solutions  in  a  cost
effective or efficient manner, we may not realize benefits from our strategy.

Our  target  markets  remain  extremely  competitive,  and  we  expect  competition  to  intensify  as  current  competitors  expand  their  product  and/or  service
offerings, industry standards continue to evolve and new competitors enter these markets. If we are unable to successfully compete in our target markets,
demand for our products, solutions and technologies could decrease, which would cause our revenue to decline and our financial results to suffer.

Our  product  strategy,  which  is  targeted  at  markets  demanding  superior  video  and  digital  image  quality  as  well  as  efficient  video  delivery,  may  not
address the demands of our target customers and may not lead to increased revenue in a timely manner or at all, which could materially adversely
affect our results of operations and limit our ability to grow.

We  have  adopted  a  product  strategy  that  focuses  on  our  core  competencies  in  visual  display  processing  and  delivering  high  levels  of  video  and  digital
image quality. With this strategy, we continue to make further investments in the development of our image processor architecture for the digital projector
market, with particular focus on adding increased performance and functionality. For the mobile device market, our strategy focuses on implementing our
intellectual property ("IP") to improve the video performance of our customers’ image processors through the use of our MotionEngine® advanced video
co-processor  integrated  circuits.  This  strategy  is  designed  to  address  the  needs  of  the  high-resolution  and  high-quality  segment  of  these  markets.  Such
markets may not develop or may take longer to develop than we expect. We cannot assure you that the products we are developing will adequately address
the demands of our target customers, or that we will be able to produce our new products at costs that enable us to price these products competitively.

Achieving design wins involves lengthy competitive selection processes that require us to incur significant expenditures prior to generating any revenue
or without any guarantee of any revenue related to this business. If we fail to generate revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop our
products, our business and operating results would suffer.

We must achieve "design wins" that enable us to sell our semiconductor solutions for use in our customers’ products. These competitive selection processes
typically are lengthy and can require us to incur significant research and development expenditures and dedicate scarce engineering resources in pursuit of
a  single  customer  opportunity.  We  may  not  achieve  a  design  win  and  may  never  generate  any  revenue  despite  incurring  significant  research  and
development  expenditures.  This  could  cause  us  to  lose  revenue  and  require  us  to  write  off  obsolete  inventory  and  could  weaken  our  position  in  future
competitive selection processes.

18

Even if our product strategy is properly targeted, we cannot assure you that the products we are developing will lead to an increase in revenue from new
design wins. To achieve design wins, we must design and deliver cost-effective, innovative and integrated semiconductors that overcome the significant
costs associated with qualifying a new supplier and which make developers reluctant to change component sources. Additionally, potential developers may
be unwilling to select our products due to concerns over our financial strength. Further, design wins do not necessarily result in developers ordering large
volumes of our products. Developers can choose at any time to discontinue using our products in their designs or product development efforts. A design
win is not a binding commitment by a developer to purchase our products, but rather a decision by a developer to use our products in its design process.
Even  if  our  products  are  chosen  to  be  incorporated  into  a  developer’s  products,  we  may  still  not  realize  significant  revenue  from  the  developer  if  its
products are not commercially successful or it chooses to qualify, or incorporate the products, of a second source. Additionally, even if our product strategy
is  successful  at  achieving  design  wins  and  increasing  our  revenue,  we  may  continue  to  incur  operating  losses  due  to  the  significant  research  and
development costs that are required to develop competitive products for the digital projection market and mobile market.

System  security  and  data  protection  breaches,  as  well  as  cyber-attacks,  could  disrupt  our  operations,  reduce  our  expected  revenue  and  increase  our
expenses, which could adversely affect our stock price and damage our reputation.

Security breaches, computer malware and cyber-attacks have become more prevalent and sophisticated in recent years. These attacks have occurred on our
systems  in  the  past  and  are  expected  to  occur  in  the  future.  Experienced  computer  programmers,  hackers  and  employees  may  be  able  to  penetrate  our
security controls and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information, or that of our employees or third parties. These attacks may create system
disruptions or cause shutdowns. For portions of our IT infrastructure, including business management and communication software products, we rely on
products and services provided by third parties. These providers may also experience breaches and attacks to their products which may impact our systems.
Data security breaches may also result from non-technical means, such as actions by an employee with access to our systems.

Actual or perceived breaches of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary information
or sensitive or confidential data about us, our partners, our customers or third parties could expose the parties affected to a risk of loss, or misuse of this
information,  resulting  in  litigation  and  potential  liability,  damage  to  our  brand  and  reputation  or  other  harm  to  our  business.  Our  efforts  to  prevent  and
overcome these challenges could increase our expenses and may not be successful. We may experience interruptions, delays, cessation of service and loss
of existing or potential customers. Such disruptions could adversely impact our ability to fulfill orders and interrupt other critical functions. Delayed sales,
lower margins or lost customers as a result of these disruptions could adversely affect our financial results, stock price and reputation.

If  we  fail  to  retain  or  attract  the  specialized  technical  and  management  personnel  required  to  successfully  operate  our  business,  it  could  harm  our
business and may result in lost sales and diversion of management resources.

Our success depends on the continued services of our executive officers and other key management, engineering, and sales and marketing personnel and on
our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. Competition for skilled engineers and management personnel is intense within our
industry, and we may not be successful in hiring and retaining qualified individuals. For example, we have experienced, and may continue to experience,
difficulty and increased compensation expense in order to hire and retain qualified engineering personnel in our Shanghai design center. The loss of, or
inability to hire, key personnel could limit our ability to develop new products and adapt existing products to our customers’ requirements, and may result
in  lost  sales  and  a  diversion  of  management  resources.  Any  transition  in  our  senior  management  team  may  involve  a  diversion  of  resources  and
management  attention,  be  disruptive  to  our  daily  operations  or  impact  public  or  market  perception,  any  of  which  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our
business or stock price.

19

We  may  not  fully  realize  the  estimated  savings  from  our  restructurings  in  a  timely  manner  or  at  all,  and  our  restructuring  programs  may  result  in
business disruptions and decrease productivity. Any of the foregoing would negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

From  time  to  time,  we  may  have  the  need  to  execute  restructuring  plans  to  make  the  operation  of  the  Company  more  efficient.  We  may  not  be  able  to
implement our restructuring programs as planned, and we may need to take additional measures to fulfill the objectives of our restructuring. The anticipated
expenses associated with our restructuring programs may differ from or exceed our expectations, and we might not be able to realize the full amount of
estimated savings from the restructuring programs in a timely manner or at all. Additionally, our restructuring plans may result in business disruptions or
decreases in productivity. As a result, our restructuring plans could have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

We have significantly fewer financial resources than most of our competitors, which limits our ability to implement new products or enhancements to
our current products and may require us to implement additional future restructuring plans, which in turn could adversely affect our future sales and
financial condition.

Financial resource constraints could limit our ability to execute our product strategy or require us to implement additional restructuring plans, particularly if
we  are  unable  to  generate  sufficient  cash  from  operations  or  obtain  additional  sources  of  financing.  Any  future  restructuring  actions  may  slow  our
development of new or enhanced products by limiting our research and development and engineering activities. Our cash balances are also lower than those
of our competitors, which may limit our ability to develop competitive new products on a timely basis or at all. If we are unable to successfully introduce
new or enhanced products, our sales, operating results and financial condition will be adversely affected.

If we are not profitable in the future, we may be unable to continue our operations.

We have incurred operating losses each fiscal year since 2010 and have an accumulated deficit of $435.0 million as of December 31, 2021. If and when we
achieve  profitability  depends  upon  a  number  of  factors,  including  our  ability  to  develop  and  market  innovative  products,  accurately  estimate  inventory
needs, contract effectively for manufacturing capacity and maintain sufficient funds to finance our activities. We cannot assure our investors that we will
ever achieve annual profitability, or that we will be able to maintain profitability if achieved. If we are not profitable in the future, we may be unable to
continue our operations.

A significant amount of our revenue comes from a limited number of customers and distributors and from time to time we may enter into exclusive
deals  with  customers,  exposing  us  to  increased  credit  risk  and  subjecting  our  cash  flow  to  the  risk  that  any  of  our  customers  or  distributors  could
decrease or cancel its orders.

The display manufacturing market is highly concentrated and we are, and will continue to be, dependent on a limited number of customers and distributors
for a substantial portion of our revenue. Sales to our top distributor represented 27% and 7% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively. If any of our distributors ceases to do business with us, it may be difficult for us to find adequate replacements, and even if we do, it may take
some time. The loss of any of our top distributors could negatively affect our results of operations. Additionally, revenue attributable to our top five end
customers represented 76% and 58% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, we had three
accounts that each represented 10% or more of accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2020, we had two accounts that each represented 10% or more of
accounts receivable. Orders included in our backlog may be fully or partially cancelable. A reduction, delay or cancellation of orders from one or more of
our  significant  customers,  or  a  decision  by  one  or  more  of  our  significant  customers  to  select  products  manufactured  by  a  competitor  or  to  use  its  own
internally-developed semiconductors, would significantly and negatively impact our revenue. Further, the concentration of our accounts receivable with a
limited  number  of  customers  increases  our  credit  risk.  The  failure  of  these  customers  to  pay  their  balances,  or  any  customer  to  pay  future  outstanding
balances, would result in an operating expense and reduce our cash flows.

We generally do not have long-term purchase commitments from our customers and if our customers cancel or change their purchase commitments,
our revenue and operating results could suffer.

Substantially all of our sales to date have been made on a purchase order basis. We generally do not have long-term commitments with our customers. As a
result, our customers may cancel, change or delay product purchase commitments, which could cause our revenue to decline and materially and adversely
affect our results of operations.

20

Our revenue and operating results can fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our share price to decline.

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate from period to period in the future due to a variety of factors, many of
which are beyond our control. Factors that may contribute to these fluctuations include those described in this "Risk Factors" section of this report, such as
the timing, changes in or cancellation of orders by customers, market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products and the timing and extent of
product  development  costs. Additionally,  our  business  is  subject  to  seasonality  related  to  the  markets  we  serve  and  the  location  of  our  customers.  For
example, we have historically experienced higher revenue from the digital projector market in the third quarter of the year, and lower revenue in the first
quarter of the year. As a result of these and other factors, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our
future revenue or operating performance. Fluctuations in our revenue and operating results could cause our share price to decline.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations and are forced to seek additional financing alternatives, or in the event we acquire or make
an  investment  in  companies  that  complement  our  business,  our  working  capital  may  be  adversely  affected  and  our  shareholders  may  experience
dilution or our operations may be impaired.

We may be unable to generate or sustain positive cash flow from operating activities and would then be required to use existing cash and cash equivalents
to support our working capital and other cash requirements. Additionally, from time to time, we may evaluate acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses,
products  or  technologies  that  complement  our  business.  Any  transactions,  if  consummated,  may  consume  a  material  portion  of  our  working  capital  or
require the issuance of equity securities that may result in dilution to existing shareholders. If additional funds are required to support our working capital
requirements, acquisitions or other purposes, we may seek to raise funds through debt and equity financing or from other sources. If we raise additional
funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our shareholders could be significantly diluted, and these
newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing shareholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans
from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our
operating flexibility, and would also require us to incur interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if
available, that we would be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us.

We  license  our  intellectual  property,  which  exposes  us  to  risks  of  infringement  or  misappropriation,  and  may  cause  fluctuations  in  our  operating
results.

We  have  licensed  certain  intellectual  property  to  third  parties  and  may  enter  into  additional  license  arrangements  in  the  future.  We  cannot  assure  you,
however, that others will be interested in licensing our intellectual property on commercially favorable terms or at all. We also cannot ensure that licensees
will honor agreed-upon market restrictions, not infringe upon or misappropriate our intellectual property or maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary
information.

IP  license  agreements  are  complex  and  earning  and  recognizing  revenue  under  these  agreements  depends  upon  many  factors,  including  completion  of
milestones, allocation of values to delivered items and customer acceptances. Many of these factors require significant judgments. Also, generating revenue
from these arrangements is a lengthy and complex process that may last beyond the period in which efforts begin and, once an agreement is in place, the
timing of revenue recognition may depend on events such as customer acceptance of deliverables, achievement of milestones, our ability to track and report
progress  on  contracts,  customer  commercialization  of  the  licensed  technology  and  other  factors,  any  or  all  of  which  may  or  may  not  be  achieved.  The
accounting rules associated with recognizing revenue from these transactions are complex and subject to interpretation. Due to these factors, the amount of
licensing revenue recognized in any period, if any, and our results of operations, may differ significantly from our expectations.

Finally, because licensing revenue typically has a higher margin compared to product sales, licensing revenue can have a disproportionate impact on our
gross profit and results of operations. There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain a consistent level of licensing revenue or mix of licensing
revenue and revenue from product sales, which could result in wide fluctuations in our results of operations from period to period, making it difficult to
accurately measure the performance of our business.

Our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited or they may expire before utilization.

As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  had  federal,  state  and  foreign  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  approximately  $166.4  million,  $6.8  million,  and  $39.5
million respectively, which will begin to expire in 2022. These net operating loss carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income and thereby
reduce our income taxes otherwise payable. However, we cannot assure you that we will have taxable income in the future before all or a portion of these
net operating loss carryforwards expire.

21

Additionally,  our  federal  net  operating  losses  may  be  limited  by  Section  382  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  which
imposes an annual limit on the ability of a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" to use its net operating loss carryforwards to reduce its tax
liability. An ownership change is generally defined as a greater than 50% increase in equity ownership by 5% shareholders in any three-year period. In the
event  of  certain  changes  in  our  shareholder  base,  we  may  at  some  time  in  the  future  experience  an  "ownership  change"  and  the  use  of  our  federal  net
operating loss carryforwards may be limited. In addition, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "TCJA"), limits the deduction for net operating loss carryforwards
to 80 percent of taxable income for losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020.

We face a number of risks as a result of the concentration of our operations and customers in Asia.

Many of our customers are located in Japan, China, or Taiwan. Sales outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 97% and 93% of revenue for the years
ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We anticipate that sales outside the U.S. will continue to account for a substantial portion of our revenue
in future periods. In addition, customers who incorporate our products into their products sell a substantial portion of their products outside of the U.S. All
of  our  products  are  also  manufactured  outside  of  the  U.S.  and  most  of  our  current  manufacturers  are  located  in  Taiwan.  Furthermore,  most  of  our
employees are located in China, Japan and Taiwan. Our Asian operations require significant management attention and resources, and we are subject to
many risks associated with operations in Asia, including, but not limited to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

outbreaks of health epidemics in China or other parts of Asia, including COVID-19;

difficulties in managing international distributors and manufacturers due to varying time zones, languages and business customs;

compliance with U.S. laws affecting operations outside of the U.S., such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

reduced or limited protection of our IP, particularly in software, which is more prone to design piracy;

difficulties in collecting outstanding accounts receivable balances;

changes in tax rates, tax laws and the interpretation of those laws;

difficulties regarding timing and availability of export and import licenses;

ensuring that we obtain complete and accurate information from our Asian operations to make proper disclosures in the United States;

political and economic instability;

difficulties in maintaining sales representatives outside of the U.S. that are knowledgeable about our industry and products;

changes in the regulatory environment in China, Japan and Taiwan that may significantly impact purchases of our products by our customers or
our customers’ sales of their own products;

imposition of new tariffs, quotas, trade barriers and similar trade restrictions on our sales;

varying employment and labor laws; and

greater vulnerability to infrastructure and labor disruptions than in established markets.

Any of these factors could require a disproportionate share of management’s attention, result in increased costs or decreased revenues, and could materially
affect our product sales, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations in Asia expose us to heightened risks due to natural disasters.

The risk of natural disasters in the Pacific Rim region is significant. Natural disasters in countries where our manufacturers or customers are located could
result in disruption of our manufacturers’ and customers’ operations, resulting in significant delays in shipment of, or significant reductions in orders for,
our products. There can be no assurance that we can locate additional manufacturing capacity or markets on favorable terms, or find new customers, in a
timely manner, if at all. Natural disasters in this region could also result in:

•

•

•

•

reduced end user demand due to the economic impact of any natural disaster;

a disruption to the global supply chain for products manufactured in areas affected by natural disasters that are included in products purchased
either by us or by our customers;

an increase in the cost of products that we purchase due to reduced supply; and

other unforeseen impacts as a result of the uncertainty resulting from a natural disaster.

22

We face additional risks associated with our operations in China and our results of operations and financial position may be harmed by changes in
China's political, economic or social conditions or changes in U.S.-China relations.

We have, and expect to continue to have, significant operations in China. The economy of China differs from the economies of many countries in important
respects such as structure, government involvement, level of development, growth rate, capital reinvestment, allocation of resources, self-sufficiency, rate
of inflation, foreign currency flows and balance of payments position, among others. There can be no assurance that China’s economic policies will be
consistent or effective and our results of operations and financial position may be harmed by changes in China’s political, economic or social conditions.
Additionally, the political and economic relationship between the U.S. and China is uncertain, and any changes in policy as a result may adversely affect
our business. For example, if China were to take action against the United States in response to actual or perceived political or economic threats or changes
in policy, such as the detainment of Americans traveling on business, our operations could be adversely affected.

Additionally, our Chinese subsidiary is considered a foreign-invested enterprise and is subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in
China and, in particular, laws applicable to foreign-invested enterprises. For example, China's government imposes control over the convertibility of RMB
into foreign currencies, which can cause difficulties converting cash held in RMB to other currencies. While the overall effect of legislation over the past
two decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various foreign investments in China, China has not developed a fully integrated legal
system,  and  recently  enacted  laws  and  regulations  may  not  sufficiently  cover  all  aspects  of  economic  activities  in  China.  Because  these  laws  and
regulations are relatively new, and published court decisions are limited and nonbinding in nature, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and
regulations  involve  uncertainties.  In  addition,  China's  legal  system  is  based  in  part  on  government  policies  and  internal  rules,  some  of  which  are  not
published on a timely basis or at all, which may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until
after the violation occurs. Any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources
and management attention. Further, since Chinese administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory
and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings. These uncertainties may also impede our
ability to enforce the contracts entered into by our Chinese subsidiary and could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. 

Our international operations expose us to risks resulting from the fluctuations of foreign currencies.

We are exposed to risks resulting from the fluctuations of foreign currencies, primarily those of Japan, Taiwan, China and Canada. We sell our products to
OEMs that incorporate our products into other products that they sell outside of the U.S. While sales of our products to OEMs are denominated in U.S.
dollars,  the  products  sold  by  OEMs  are  denominated  in  foreign  currencies.  Accordingly,  any  strengthening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  against  these  foreign
currencies will increase the foreign currency price equivalent of our products, which could lead to a change in the competitive nature of these products in
the marketplace. This, in turn, could lead to a reduction in revenue.

In addition, a portion of our operating expenses, such as employee salaries and foreign income taxes, are denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly,
our  operating  results  are  affected  by  changes  in  the  exchange  rate  between  the  U.S.  dollar  and  those  currencies.  Any  future  strengthening  of  those
currencies against the U.S. dollar will negatively impact our operating results by increasing our operating expenses as measured in U.S. dollars.

We may engage in financial hedging techniques in the future as part of a strategy to address potential foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. These
hedging techniques, however, may not be successful at reducing our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and may increase costs and
administrative complexity.

23

Failure to comply with anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and anti-money laundering laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We  are  subject  to  the  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  ("FCPA")  and  other  anti-corruption,  anti-bribery  and  anti-money  laundering  laws  in  various
jurisdictions.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  leverage  third  parties  to  help  conduct  our  businesses  abroad.  We  and  our  third-party  intermediaries  may  have
direct  or  indirect  interactions  with  officials  and  employees  of  government  agencies  or  state-owned  or  affiliated  entities  and  may  be  held  liable  for  the
corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party business partners and intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, channel partners, and
agents,  even  if  we  do  not  explicitly  authorize  such  activities.  While  we  have  policies  and  procedures  to  address  compliance  with  such  laws,  we  cannot
assure you that all of our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held
responsible. Any violation of the FCPA or other applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower
complaints,  adverse  media  coverage,  investigations,  loss  of  export  privileges,  severe  criminal  or  civil  sanctions,  or  suspension  or  debarment  from  U.S.
government contracts, all of which may have an adverse effect on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our reported financial results may be materially and adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United Sates are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), the SEC,
and  various  bodies  formed  to  promulgate  and  interpret  appropriate  accounting  principles.  A  change  in  these  principles  or  interpretations  could  have  a
significant  effect  on  our  reported  financial  results  and  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  transactions  completed  before  the  announcement  of  a
change. Additionally, the adoption of new or revised accounting principles may require that we make significant changes to our systems, processes and
controls.

If we are unable to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy
and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

If we are unable to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and
completeness of our financial reports. For example, in the second quarter of 2019, we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial
reporting related to the review of aged liabilities for possible extinguishment due to the expiration of the statute of limitation, which was remediated as of
December 31, 2019. Additionally, if any new internal control procedures which may be adopted or our existing internal control procedures are deemed
inadequate, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in our disclosure controls or internal controls over financial reporting in the future, we will be
unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to do so, or if our auditors are unable to attest to the effectiveness of our internal
controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to
decline.

As we have limited insurance coverage, any incurred liability resulting from uncovered claims could adversely affect our financial condition and
results of operations.

Our insurance policies may not be adequate to fully offset losses from covered incidents, and we do not have coverage for certain losses. For example, we
do  not  have  earthquake  insurance  related  to  our  Asian  operations  because  adequate  coverage  is  not  offered  at  economically  justifiable  rates.  If  our
insurance coverage is inadequate to protect us against catastrophic losses, any uncovered losses could adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.

Our dependence on selling to distributors and integrators increases the complexity of managing our supply chain and may result in excess inventory or
inventory shortages.

Selling to distributors and OEMs that build display devices based on specifications provided by branded suppliers, also referred to as integrators, reduces
our ability to forecast sales accurately and increases the complexity of our business. Our sales are generally made on the basis of customer purchase orders
rather than long-term purchase commitments. Our distributors, integrators and customers may cancel or defer purchase orders at any time, but we must
order wafer inventory from our contract manufacturers three to four months in advance.

24

The estimates we use for our advance orders from contract manufacturers are based, in part, on reports of inventory levels and production forecasts from
our distributors and integrators, which act as intermediaries between us and the companies using our products. This process requires us to make numerous
assumptions concerning demand and to rely on the accuracy of the reports and forecasts of our distributors and integrators, each of which may introduce
error into our estimates of inventory requirements. Our failure to manage this challenge could result in excess inventory or inventory shortages that could
materially impact our operating results or limit the ability of companies using our semiconductors to deliver their products. If we overestimate demand for
our  products,  it  could  lead  to  significant  charges  for  obsolete  inventory.  On  the  other  hand,  if  we  underestimate  demand,  we  could  forego  revenue
opportunities, lose market share and damage our customer relationships.

We may be unable to successfully manage any future growth, including the integration of any acquisition or equity investment, which could disrupt our
business and severely harm our financial condition.

If we fail to effectively manage any future internal growth, our operating expenses may increase more rapidly than our revenue, adversely affecting our
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  To  manage  any  future  growth  effectively  in  a  rapidly  evolving  market,  we  must  be  able  to  maintain  and
improve our operational and financial systems, train and manage our employee base and attract and retain qualified personnel with relevant experience. We
could spend substantial amounts of time and money in connection with expansion efforts for which we may not realize any profit. Our systems, procedures,
controls or financial resources may not be adequate to support our operations and we may not be able to grow quickly enough to exploit potential market
opportunities.  In  addition,  we  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  integrate  the  businesses,  products,  technologies  or  personnel  of  any  entity  that  we  might
acquire in the future, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of any such acquisition. The successful integration of any acquired business as well
as the retention of personnel may require significant attention from our management and could divert resources from our existing business, which in turn
could have an adverse effect on our business operations. Acquired assets or businesses may not achieve the anticipated benefits we expect due to a number
of factors including: unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with such acquisition, including in the case of acquisitions we may make outside of the
United States, difficulty in operating in foreign countries or complying with foreign regulatory requirements, incurrence of acquisition-related costs, harm
to our relationships with existing customers as a result of such acquisition, harm to our brand and reputation, the loss of key employees in the acquired
businesses, use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business, and use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate any such
acquisition. Any failure to successfully integrate any entity we may acquire or any failure to achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisition could
disrupt our business and seriously harm our financial condition.

Continued compliance with regulatory and accounting requirements will be challenging and will require significant resources.

We spend a significant amount of management time and external resources to comply with changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate
governance  and  public  disclosure,  including  evolving  SEC  rules  and  regulations,  Nasdaq  Global  Market  rules,  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and
Consumer  Protection  Act  and  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  which  requires  management’s  annual  review  and  evaluation  of  internal  control  over
financial reporting. Failure to comply with these laws and rules could lead to investigation by regulatory authorities, de-listing from the Nasdaq Global
Market, or penalties imposed on us.

25

Regulations related to conflict minerals may adversely impact our business.

The SEC has adopted disclosure and reporting rules intended to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of certain minerals, known
as conflict minerals, originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo ("DRC") and adjoining countries. These rules require us to conduct a reasonable
inquiry to determine the origin of certain materials used in our products and disclose whether our products use any materials containing conflict minerals
originating  from  the  DRC  and  adjoining  countries.  Since  we  do  not  own  or  operate  a  semiconductor  fabrication  facility  and  do  not  manufacture  our
products internally, we are dependent on the information provided by third-party foundries and production facilities regarding the materials used and the
supply  chains  for  the  materials.  Further,  there  are  costs  associated  with  complying  with  these  rules,  including  costs  incurred  to  conduct  inquiries  to
determine the sources of any materials containing conflict minerals used in our products, to fulfill our reporting requirements and to develop and implement
potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply if it is determined that our products contain or use any conflict minerals from the DRC or
adjoining countries. The implementation of these rules could also affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. For example,
there may only be a limited number of suppliers offering “conflict free” materials and we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain necessary "conflict
free" materials from such suppliers in sufficient quantities or at reasonable prices. In addition, we may face reputational challenges if we determine that any
of our products contain minerals that are not conflict free or if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for all materials containing conflict minerals
used in our products through the procedures we may implement.

Our effective income tax rate is subject to unanticipated changes in, or different interpretations of, tax rules and regulations, and forecasting our
effective income tax rate is complex and subject to uncertainty.

As a global company, we are subject to taxation by a number of taxing authorities and as such, our tax rates vary among the jurisdictions in which we
operate. Unanticipated changes in our tax rates could affect our future results of operations. Our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes
in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws either in the U.S. or abroad, or by
changes  in  the  valuation  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  The  ultimate  outcomes  of  any  future  tax  audits  are  uncertain,  and  we  can  give  no
assurance as to whether an adverse result from one or more of them would have a material effect on our operating results and financial position.

The  computation  of  income  tax  expense  is  complex  as  it  is  based  on  the  laws  of  numerous  tax  jurisdictions  and  requires  significant  judgment  on  the
application  of  complicated  rules  governing  accounting  for  tax  provisions  under  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Income  tax  expense  for
interim quarters is based on our forecasted tax rate for the year, which includes forward looking financial projections, including the expectations of profit
and loss by jurisdiction, and contains numerous assumptions. For these reasons, our tax rate may be materially different than our forecast.

We rely upon certain critical information systems for the operation of our business, and the failure of any critical information system may result in
serious harm to our business.

We  maintain  and  rely  upon  certain  critical  information  systems  for  the  effective  operation  of  our  business.  These  information  systems  include
telecommunications, the Internet, our corporate intranet, various computer hardware and software applications, network communications and e-mail. These
information systems are subject to attacks, failures and access denials from a number of potential sources including viruses, destructive or inadequate code,
power failures, and physical damage to computers, communication lines and networking equipment. To the extent that these information systems are under
our control, we have implemented security procedures, such as virus protection software and firewall monitoring, to address the outlined risks. Security
procedures for information systems cannot be guaranteed to be failsafe and our inability to use or access these information systems at critical times could
compromise the timely and efficient operation of our business. Additionally, any compromise of our information security could result in the unauthorized
publication of our confidential business or proprietary information, cause an interruption in our operations, result in the unauthorized release of customer or
employee data, result in a violation of privacy or other laws, or expose us to a risk of litigation or damage our reputation, any or all of which could harm
our business and operating results.

26

Environmental laws and regulations may cause us to incur significant expenditures to comply with applicable laws and regulations, and we may be
assessed considerable penalties for noncompliance.

We are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations. Compliance with current or future environmental laws and regulations could require us to
incur substantial expenses which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have worked, and will continue to work, with
our suppliers and customers to ensure that our products are compliant with enacted laws and regulations. Failure by us or our contract manufacturers to
comply  with  such  legislation  could  result  in  customers  refusing  to  purchase  our  products  and  could  subject  us  to  significant  monetary  penalties  in
connection with a violation, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increasing attention on environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters may have a negative impact on our business, impose additional costs on
us, and expose us to additional risks.

Companies  are  facing  increasing  attention  from  investors,  customers,  partners,  consumers  and  other  stakeholders  relating  to  ESG  matters,  including
environmental  stewardship,  social  responsibility,  diversity  and  inclusion,  racial  justice  and  workplace  conduct.  In  addition,  organizations  that  provide
information to investors on corporate governance and related matters have developed ratings processes for evaluating companies on their approach to ESG
matters. Such ratings are used by some investors to inform their investment and voting decisions. Unfavorable ESG ratings may lead to negative investor
sentiment toward the Company, which could have a negative impact on our stock price and our access to and costs of capital.

We have established corporate social responsibility programs aligned with sound environmental, social and governance principles. These programs reflect
our current initiatives and are not guarantees that we will be able to achieve them. Our ability to successfully execute these initiatives and accurately report
our progress presents numerous operational, financial, legal, reputational and other risks, many of which are outside our control, and all of which could
have a material negative impact on our business. Additionally, the implementation of these initiatives imposes additional costs on us. If our ESG initiatives
fail to satisfy investors, customers, partners and our other stakeholders, our reputation, our ability to sell products and services to customers, our ability to
attract or retain employees, and our attractiveness as an investment, business partner or acquirer could be negatively impacted. Similarly, our failure or
perceived failure to pursue or fulfill our goals, targets and objectives or to satisfy various reporting standards within the timelines we announce, or at all,
could also have similar negative impacts and expose us to government enforcement actions and private litigation.

Company Risks Related to the Semiconductor Industry and Our Markets

Dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  sole-source,  third-party  manufacturers  for  our  products  exposes  us  to  possible  shortages  based  on  low
manufacturing  yield,  errors  in  manufacturing,  uncontrollable  lead-times  for  manufacturing,  capacity  allocation,  price  increases  with  little  notice,
volatile inventory levels and delays in product delivery, any of which could result in delays in satisfying customer demand, increased costs and loss of
revenue.

We do not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility and do not have the resources to manufacture our products internally. We rely on a limited
number of foundries and assembly and test vendors to produce all of our wafers and for completion of finished products. Our wafers are not fabricated at
more than one foundry at any given time and our wafers typically are designed to be fabricated in a specific process at only one foundry. Sole sourcing each
product  increases  our  dependence  on  our  suppliers.  We  have  limited  control  over  delivery  schedules,  quality  assurance,  manufacturing  yields,  potential
errors in manufacturing and production costs. We do not have long-term supply contracts with our third-party manufacturers, so they are not obligated to
supply  us  with  products  for  any  specific  period  of  time,  quantity  or  price,  except  as  may  be  provided  in  a  particular  purchase  order.  Our  suppliers  can
increase  the  prices  of  the  products  we  purchase  from  them  with  little  notice,  which  may  cause  us  to  increase  the  prices  to  our  customers  and  harm  our
competitiveness.  Because  our  requirements  represent  only  a  small  portion  of  the  total  production  capacity  of  our  contract  manufacturers,  they  could
reallocate capacity to other customers during periods of high demand for our products, as they have done in the past. We expect this may occur again in the
future.

27

Establishing a relationship with a new contract manufacturer in the event of delays or increased prices would be costly and burdensome. The lead time to
make such a change would be at least nine months, and the estimated time for us to adapt a product’s design to a particular contract manufacturer’s process
is at least four months. Additionally, we have chosen, and may continue to choose new foundries to manufacture our wafers which in turn, may require us
to modify our design methodology flow for the process technology and intellectual property cores of the new foundry. If we have to qualify a new foundry
or packaging, assembly and testing supplier for any of our products or if we are unable to obtain our products from our contract manufacturers on schedule,
at costs that are acceptable to us, or at all, we could incur significant delays in shipping products, our ability to satisfy customer demand could be harmed,
our revenue from the sale of products may be lost or delayed and our customer relationships and ability to obtain future design wins could be damaged.

Shortages of materials used in the manufacturing of our products and other key components of our customers’ products may increase our costs, impair
our ability to ship our products on time and delay our ability to sell our products.

We  are  currently  facing  shortages  of  components  and  materials  that  are  critical  to  the  manufacture  of  our  products  and  our  customers’  products.  Such
critical components and materials may include semiconductor wafers and packages, double data rate memory die, display components, analog-to-digital
converters, digital receivers, video decoders and voltage regulators. These shortages are resulting in additional costs to us and we may be unable to ship our
products to our customers in a timely fashion, both of these factors could harm our business and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our highly integrated products and high-speed mixed signal products are difficult to manufacture without defects and the existence of defects could
result in increased costs, delays in the availability of our products, reduced sales of products or claims against us.

The manufacture of semiconductors is a complex process and it is often difficult for semiconductor foundries to produce semiconductors free of defects.
Because many of our products are more highly integrated than other semiconductors and incorporate mixed signal analog and digital signal processing,
multi-chip  modules  and  embedded  memory  technology,  they  are  even  more  difficult  to  produce  without  defects.  Defective  products  can  be  caused  by
design or manufacturing difficulties. Identifying quality problems can be performed only by analyzing and testing our semiconductors in a system after
they  have  been  manufactured.  The  difficulty  in  identifying  defects  is  compounded  because  the  process  technology  is  unique  to  each  of  the  multiple
semiconductor foundries we contract with to manufacture our products. Despite testing by both our customers and us, errors or performance problems may
be  found  in  existing  or  new  semiconductors.  Failure  to  achieve  defect-free  products  may  result  in  increased  costs  and  delays  in  the  availability  of  our
products.  Defects  may  also  divert  the  attention  of  our  engineering  personnel  from  our  product  development  efforts  to  find  and  correct  the  issue,  which
would delay our product development efforts.

Additionally, customers could seek damages from us for their losses, and shipments of defective products may harm our reputation with our customers. If a
product  liability  claim  is  brought  against  us,  the  cost  of  defending  the  claim  could  be  significant  and  would  divert  the  efforts  of  our  technical  and
management  personnel  and  harm  our  business.  Further,  our  business  liability  insurance  may  be  inadequate  or  future  coverage  may  be  unavailable  on
acceptable terms, which could adversely impact our financial results.

We experience a small number of semiconductor field failures infrequently in certain customer applications that required us to institute additional testing.
As a result of these field failures, we have incurred warranty costs due to customers returning potentially affected products and have experienced reductions
in revenues due to delays in production. Our customers have also experienced delays in receiving product shipments from us that resulted in the loss of
revenue  and  profits.  Additionally,  shipments  of  defective  products  could  cause  us  to  lose  customers  or  to  incur  significant  replacement  costs,  either  of
which would harm our reputation and our business. Any defects, errors or bugs could also interrupt or delay sales of our new products to our customers,
which would adversely affect our financial results.

28

The development of new products is extremely complex and we may be unable to develop our new products in a timely manner, which could result in a
failure to obtain new design wins and/or maintain our current revenue levels.

In addition to the inherent difficulty of designing complex integrated circuits, product development delays may result from:

•

•

•

•

•

•

difficulties in hiring and retaining necessary technical personnel;

difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and overcoming resource limitations;

difficulties with contract manufacturers;

changes to product specifications and customer requirements;

changes to market or competitive product requirements; and

unanticipated engineering complexities.

If  we  are  not  successful  in  the  timely  development  of  new  products,  we  may  fail  to  obtain  new  design  wins  and  our  financial  results  will  be  adversely
affected.

Intense competition in our markets may reduce sales of our products, reduce our market share, decrease our gross profit and result in large losses.

We  compete  with  specialized  and  diversified  electronics  and  semiconductor  companies  that  offer  display  processors  or  scaling  components  including:
Actions  Microelectronics  Co.,  Ltd.,  ARM  Holdings  PLC,  Dolby  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Egis  Technology  Inc.,  Hisilicon  Technologies  Co.,  Ltd.,  i-Chips
Technology  Inc.,  Lattice  Semiconductor  Corporation,  MediaTek  Inc.,  Novatek  Microelectronics  Corp.,  NVIDIA  Corporation,  Qualcomm  Incorporated,
Realtek Semiconductor Corp., Renesas Electronics America Inc., Socionext Inc., Solomon Systech (International) Ltd., STMicroelectronics N.V., Sunplus
Technology Co., Ltd., Synaptics Incorporated, Texas Instruments Incorporated, Unisoc Communications, Inc., and other companies. Potential and current
competitors may include diversified semiconductor manufacturers and the semiconductor divisions or affiliates of some of our customers, including: Apple
Inc.,  Broadcom  Inc.,  LG  Electronics,  Inc.,  MegaChips  Corporation,  Mitsubishi  Digital  Electronics  America,  Inc.,  NEC  Corporation,  Panasonic
Corporation,  Samsung  Electronics  Co.,  Ltd.,  Socionext  Inc.,  ON  Semiconductor  Corporation,  Seiko  Epson  Corporation,  Sharp  Electronics  Corporation,
Sony Corporation, and Toshiba America, Inc. In addition, start-up companies may seek to compete in our markets.

Many  of  our  competitors  have  longer  operating  histories  and  greater  resources  to  support  development  and  marketing  efforts  than  we  do.  Some  of  our
competitors operate their own fabrication facilities. These competitors may be able to react more quickly and devote more resources to efforts that compete
directly  with  our  own.  Additionally,  any  consolidation  in  the  semiconductor  industry  may  impact  our  competitive  position.  Our  current  or  potential
customers have developed, and may continue to develop, their own proprietary technologies and become our competitors. Increased competition from both
competitors  and  our  customers’  internal  development  efforts  could  harm  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  by,  for  example,
increasing pressure on our profit margin or causing us to lose sales opportunities. For example, frame rate conversion technology similar to that used in our
line of MotionEngine® advanced video co-processors continues to be integrated into the SoC and display timing controller products of our competitors. We
cannot assure you that we can compete successfully against current or potential competitors.

If  we  are  not  able  to  respond  to  the  rapid  technological  changes  and  evolving  industry  standards  in  the  markets  in  which  we  compete,  or  seek  to
compete, our products may become less desirable or obsolete.

The  markets  in  which  we  compete  or  seek  to  compete  are  subject  to  rapid  technological  change  and  miniaturization  capabilities,  frequent  new  product
introductions, changing customer requirements for new products and features and evolving industry standards. The introduction of new technologies and
emergence of new industry standards could render our products less desirable or obsolete, which could harm our business and significantly decrease our
revenue. Examples of changing industry standards include the growing use of broadband to deliver video content, increased display resolution and size,
faster screen refresh rates, video capability such as High Dynamic Range, the proliferation of new display devices and the drive to network display devices
together. Our failure to predict market needs accurately or to timely develop new competitively priced products or product enhancements that incorporate
new  industry  standards  and  technologies,  including  integrated  circuits  with  increasing  levels  of  integration  and  new  features,  using  smaller  geometry
process technologies, may harm market acceptance and sales of our products.

29

Our products are incorporated into our customers’ products, which have different parts and specifications and utilize multiple protocols that allow them to
be  compatible  with  specific  computers,  video  standards  and  other  devices.  If  our  customers’  products  are  not  compatible  with  these  protocols  and
standards, consumers will return, or not purchase these products and the markets for our customers’ products could be significantly reduced. Additionally,
if the technology used by our customers becomes less competitive due to cost, customer preferences or other factors relative to alternative technologies,
sales of our products could decline.

We use a customer-owned tooling process for manufacturing most of our products, which exposes us to the possibility of poor yields and unacceptably
high product costs.

We  build  most  of  our  products  on  a  customer-owned  tooling  basis,  whereby  we  directly  contract  the  manufacture  of  our  products,  including  wafer
production,  assembly  and  testing.  As  a  result,  we  are  subject  to  increased  risks  arising  from  wafer  manufacturing  yields  and  risks  associated  with
coordination of the manufacturing, assembly and testing process. Poor product yields result in higher product costs, which could make our products less
competitive if we increase our prices to compensate for our higher costs or could result in lower gross profit margins if we do not increase our prices.

We depend on manufacturers of our semiconductor products not only to respond to changes in technology and industry standards but also to continue
the manufacturing processes on which we rely.

To  respond  effectively  to  changes  in  technology  and  industry  standards,  we  depend  on  our  contracted  foundries  to  implement  advanced  semiconductor
technologies and our operations could be adversely affected if those technologies are unavailable, delayed or inefficiently implemented. In order to increase
performance and functionality and reduce the size of our products, we are continuously developing new products using advanced technologies that further
miniaturize  semiconductors  and  we  are  dependent  on  our  foundries  to  develop  and  provide  access  to  the  advanced  processes  that  enable  such
miniaturization. We cannot be certain that future advanced manufacturing processes will be implemented without difficulties, delays or increased expenses.
Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if advanced manufacturing processes are unavailable to
us, substantially delayed or inefficiently implemented.

Creating the capacity for new technological changes may cause manufacturers to discontinue older manufacturing processes in favor of newer ones. We
must then either retire the affected part or port (develop) a new version of the part that can be manufactured with a newer process technology. In the event
that a manufacturing process is discontinued, our current suppliers may be unwilling or unable to manufacture our current products. We may not be able to
place last time buy orders for the old technology or find alternate manufacturers of our products to allow us to continue to produce products with the older
technology while we expend the significant costs for research and development and time to migrate to new, more advanced processes.

Because of our long product development process and sales cycles, we may incur substantial costs before we earn associated revenue and ultimately
may not sell as many units of our products as we originally anticipated.

We develop products based on anticipated market and customer requirements and incur substantial product development expenditures, which can include
the payment of large up-front, third-party license fees and royalties, prior to generating the associated revenue. Our work under these projects is technically
challenging and places considerable demands on our limited resources, particularly on our most senior engineering talent. Additionally, the transition to
smaller geometry process technologies continues to significantly increase the cost and complexity of new product development, particularly with regards to
tooling, software tools, third party IP and engineering resources. Because the development of our products incorporates not only our complex and evolving
technology,  but  also  our  customers’  specific  requirements,  a  lengthy  sales  process  is  often  required  before  potential  customers  begin  the  technical
evaluation  of  our  products.  Our  customers  typically  perform  numerous  tests  and  extensively  evaluate  our  products  before  incorporating  them  into  their
systems.  The  time  required  for  testing,  evaluation  and  design  of  our  products  into  a  customer’s  system  can  take  nine  months  or  more.  It  can  take  an
additional nine months or longer before a customer commences volume shipments of systems that incorporate our products, if at all. Because of the lengthy
development and sales cycles, we will experience delays between the time we incur expenditures for research and development, sales and marketing and
inventory and the time we generate revenue, if any, from these expenditures.

Furthermore, we have entered into and may in the future enter into, co-development agreements that do not guarantee future sales volumes and limit our
ability to sell the developed products to other customers. The exclusive nature of these development agreements increases our dependence on individual
customers, particularly since we are limited in the number of products we are able to develop at any one time.

30

If actual sales volumes for a particular product are substantially less than originally anticipated, we may experience large write-offs of capitalized license
fees, software development tools, product masks, inventories or other capitalized or deferred product-related costs, any of which would negatively affect
our operating results.

Our developed software may be incompatible with industry standards and challenging and costly to implement, which could slow product development
or cause us to lose customers and design wins.

We  provide  our  customers  with  software  development  tools  and  with  software  that  provides  basic  functionality  for  our  integrated  circuits  and  enables
enhanced connectivity of our customers’ products. Software development is a complex process and we are dependent on software development languages
and operating systems from vendors that may limit our ability to design software in a timely manner. Also, as software tools and interfaces change rapidly,
new  software  languages  introduced  to  the  market  may  be  incompatible  with  our  existing  systems  and  tools,  requiring  significant  engineering  efforts  to
migrate our existing systems in order to be compatible with those new languages. Software development disruptions could slow our product development
or  cause  us  to  lose  customers  and  design  wins.  The  integration  of  software  with  our  products  adds  complexity,  may  extend  our  internal  development
programs  and  could  impact  our  customers’  development  schedules.  This  complexity  requires  increased  coordination  between  hardware  and  software
development  schedules  and  increases  our  operating  expenses  without  a  corresponding  increase  in  product  revenue.  This  additional  level  of  complexity
lengthens the sales cycle and may result in customers selecting competitive products requiring less software integration.

The competitiveness and viability of our products could be harmed if necessary licenses of third-party technology are not available to us on terms that
are acceptable to us or at all.

We  license  technology  from  independent  third  parties  that  is  incorporated  into  our  products  or  product  enhancements.  Future  products  or  product
enhancements may require additional third-party licenses that may not be available to us on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. In addition, in the event
of a change in control of one of our licensors, it may become difficult to maintain access to its licensed technology. If we are unable to obtain or maintain
any third-party license required to develop new products and product enhancements, we may have to obtain substitute technology with lower quality or
performance standards, or at greater cost, either of which could seriously harm the competitiveness of our products.

Our limited ability to protect our IP and proprietary rights could harm our competitive position by allowing our competitors to access our proprietary
technology and to introduce similar products.

Our ability to compete effectively with other companies depends, in part, on our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technology, including our
semiconductor  designs  and  software  code.  We  provide  the  computer  programming  code  for  our  software  to  customers  in  connection  with  their  product
development efforts, thereby increasing the risk that customers will misappropriate our proprietary software. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright,
trademark and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure agreements and other methods, to help protect our proprietary technologies. As of December 31,
2021, we held 335 patents and had 9 patent applications pending for protection of our significant technologies. Competitors in both the U.S. and foreign
countries, many of whom have substantially greater resources than we do, may apply for and obtain patents that will prevent, limit or interfere with our
ability  to  make  and  sell  our  products,  or  they  may  develop  similar  technology  independently  or  design  around  our  patents.  Effective  patent,  copyright,
trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in foreign countries and, thus, make the possibility of piracy of our technology and
products more likely in these countries.

We cannot assure you that the degree of protection offered by patent or trade secret laws will be sufficient. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any
patents  will  be  issued  as  a  result  of  any  pending  applications  or  that  any  claims  allowed  under  issued  patents  will  be  sufficiently  broad  to  protect  our
technology.  We  may  incur  significant  costs  to  stop  others  from  infringing  our  patents.  In  addition,  it  is  possible  that  existing  or  future  patents  may  be
invalidated, diluted, circumvented, challenged or licensed to others.

31

Others may bring infringement or indemnification actions against us that could be time-consuming and expensive to defend.

We may become subject to claims involving patents or other intellectual property rights. In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the U.S. and
in other jurisdictions involving patents and other intellectual property rights. This litigation is particularly prevalent in the semiconductor industry, in which
a number of companies aggressively use their patent portfolios to bring infringement claims. In recent years, there has been an increase in the filing of so-
called  "nuisance  suits,"  alleging  infringement  of  intellectual  property  rights.  These  claims  may  be  asserted  initially  or  as  counterclaims  in  response  to
claims made by a company alleging infringement of intellectual property rights. These suits pressure defendants into entering settlement arrangements to
quickly dispose of such suits, regardless of merit. We may also face claims brought by companies that are organized solely to hold and enforce patents. In
addition,  we  may  be  required  to  indemnify  our  customers  against  IP  claims  related  to  their  usage  of  our  products  as  certain  of  our  agreements  include
indemnification provisions from third parties relating to our intellectual property.

IP claims could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary rights. Responding to such claims, regardless of their merit, can
be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, divert management’s attention and resources and cause us to incur significant expenses. As each claim is
evaluated, we may consider the desirability of entering into settlement or licensing agreements. No assurance can be given that settlements will occur or
that  licenses  can  be  obtained  on  acceptable  terms  or  that  litigation  will  not  occur.  In  the  event  there  is  a  temporary  or  permanent  injunction  entered
prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain of our products, or a successful claim of infringement against us requiring us to pay damages or royalties to
a  third-party  and  we  fail  to  develop  or  license  a  substitute  technology,  our  business,  results  of  operations  or  financial  condition  could  be  materially
adversely affected. Any IP litigation or claims also could force us to do one or more of the following:

•

•

•

•

stop selling products using technology that contains the allegedly infringing IP;

attempt to obtain a license to the relevant IP, which may not be available on terms that are acceptable to us or at all;

attempt to redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing IP; or

pay  damages  for  past  infringement  claims  that  are  determined  to  be  valid  or  which  are  arrived  at  in  settlement  of  such  litigation  or  threatened
litigation.

If we are forced to take any of the foregoing actions, we may incur significant additional costs or be unable to manufacture and sell our products, which
could seriously harm our business. In addition, we may not be able to develop, license or acquire non-infringing technology under reasonable terms. These
developments could result in an inability to compete for customers or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

Our products are characterized by average selling prices that can decline over relatively short periods of time, which will negatively affect our financial
results unless we are able to reduce our product costs or introduce new products with higher average selling prices.

Average selling prices for our products can decline over relatively short periods of time, while many of our product costs are relatively fixed. When our
average  selling  prices  decline,  our  gross  profit  declines  unless  we  are  able  to  sell  more  units  or  reduce  the  cost  to  manufacture  our  products.  We  have
experienced declines in our average selling prices and expect that we will continue to experience them in the future, although we cannot predict when they
may occur or how severe they will be. Our financial results will suffer if we are unable to offset any reductions in our average selling prices by increasing
our sales volumes, reducing our costs, adding new features to our existing products or developing new or enhanced products in a timely manner with higher
selling prices or gross profits.

The cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry may lead to significant variances in the demand for our products and could harm our operations.

In the past, the semiconductor industry has been characterized by significant downturns and wide fluctuations in supply and demand. Also, the industry has
experienced significant fluctuations in anticipation of changes in general economic conditions, including economic conditions in Asia, Europe and North
America.  The  cyclical  nature  of  the  semiconductor  industry  has  also  led  to  significant  variances  in  product  demand  and  production  capacity.  We  have
experienced, and may continue to experience, periodic fluctuations in our financial results because of changes in industry-wide conditions.

32

Risks Related to Our Strategic Plan and STAR Market Listing

If we are unable to implement our strategy to expand our PRC operations, including the positioning of our subsidiary to qualify and seek an initial
public  offering  on  the  STAR  Market,  our  ability  to  access  capital,  customers,  and  talent  in  China  could  suffer,  which  in  turn  may  materially  and
adversely affect our worldwide growth and revenue potential.

In  August  2021  we  announced  our  strategic  plan  to  transform  our  existing  subsidiary,  Pixelworks  Semiconductor  Technology  (Shanghai)  Co.,  Ltd
(“PWSH”) into a profit center for our mobile, projector, and video delivery businesses to improve our access to capital, customers, and talent in China. As
part  of  this  strategic  plan,  we  intend  to  qualify  PWSH  to  file  an  application  for  an  initial  public  offering  on  the  Shanghai  Stock  Exchange’s  Science
Technology Innovation Board, known as the STAR Market (the “Listing”) to further improve our access to capital markets and to fund growth. We may not
be successful in the implementation of our strategic plan, and we may not be able to complete the Listing for a number of reasons, including those related
to the risks we face associated with our operations in China as detailed separately above, many of which are outside our control. With respect to the Listing,
PWSH  must  succeed  in  obtaining  PRC  governmental  approvals  required  to  permit  the  Listing,  and  one  or  more  of  those  approvals  may  be  denied,  or
significantly delayed, by the PRC regulators for reasons outside our control or unknown to us, or may be conditioned on requirements that we deem would
result in an undue burden or material adverse impact on our business. Similarly, the Listing application may be denied or delayed by the Shanghai Stock
Exchange in its discretion. Further, the COVID‑19 outbreak, the tensions between the United States and China, or other geopolitical forces, including war,
could negatively impact our currently planned projects and investments in the PRC, including the Listing.

Additionally,  pursuant  to  our  Capital  Increase  Agreement,  PWSH  agreed  to  attempt  to  complete  all  requirements  to  qualify  for  a  Listing  such  that  the
Listing  is  consummated  prior  to  a  certain  date  (for  the  private  equity  and  strategic  investors  ("Investors"),  June  30,  2024,  and  for  the  employee-owned
entities (“ESOP”), December 31, 2024). If PWSH has not consummated the Listing before those dates, or if it seriously violates certain other restructuring
actions required by the Capital Increase Agreement such that a Listing by such dates becomes impossible, the respective purchasers may elect to require
that PWSH repurchase the purchaser’s respective equity interest for a price equal to the initial purchase price paid by the purchaser plus annual simple
interest (for the Investors, at a rate of 3%; for the ESOP, at a rate of 5%). As noted above, various elements in the Listing process are outside our control or
may be subject to conditions that are unacceptable to us, and if we fail to obtain the Listing, the provisions of the Capital Increase Agreement would require
a use of PWSH cash for purposes not otherwise planned for, which in turn would negatively impact our plans for growth and the cash position of PWSH.

If we are unable to successfully implement our strategic plan, including the Listing, we may not realize the advantages to our PRC operations contemplated
by our business strategy, including improving our access to capital markets, customers, and talent in China. Because it may be several years before we
know whether the Listing will be completed, we may, in the interim, forego or postpone other alternative actions to strengthen our market position and
operations in the PRC.

PRC companies are critical to the global semiconductor industry, and our current business is substantially concentrated in the PRC market. Our inability to
build, or any delay in growing, our PRC-based operations over the next several years would materially and adversely limit our operations and operating
results, including our revenue growth. In addition, during that time, the process underlying the Listing could result in significant diversion of management
time as well as substantial out-of-pocket costs, which could further impair our ability to expand our business.

Even if we complete the Listing, we may not achieve the results contemplated by our business strategy and our strategy for growth in the PRC may not
result in increases in the price of our common stock.

We cannot assure you that, even if the Listing is completed, we will realize any or all of our anticipated benefits of the Listing. Our completion of the
Listing may not have the anticipated effects of providing access to new capital markets or strengthening our market position and operations in the PRC. If
the Listing is completed, PWSH will have broad discretion in the use of the proceeds from the initial sales of shares to PWSH investors, and it may not
spend or invest those proceeds in a manner that results in our operating success or with which Pixelworks, Inc. common shareholders agree. Our failure to
successfully leverage the completion of the Listing to enhance our access to new capital markets and expand our PRC business could result in a decrease in
the price of our common stock, and we cannot assure you that the success of PWSH will have an associated positive effect on the price of our common
stock.

33

Completion of the Listing is currently planned for 2023, but there can be no assurances that the Listing will occur in that timeframe, if at all. In the interim,
PWSH  may  require  additional  funding  from  Pixelworks  to  augment  its  PRC  operations,  and  we  cannot  give  any  assurance  that  such  capital  will  be
available from Pixelworks on terms acceptable to us. Any such inability to obtain funds from Pixelworks or other sources may impair the ability of PWSH
to grow its operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated operating results and on the price of our common stock.

PWSH’s status as a publicly traded company that is controlled, but less than wholly owned, by Pixelworks could have an adverse effect on us.

PWSH is not currently a wholly owned subsidiary of Pixelworks, and following the Listing, other holders may hold as much as 20% of the subsidiary. The
interests of PWSH may diverge from the interests of Pixelworks and its other subsidiaries in the future. We may face conflicts of interest in managing,
financing,  or  engaging  in  transactions  with  PWSH,  or  allocating  business  opportunities  between  our  subsidiaries,  including  future  arrangements  for
operating subsidiaries other than PWSH to license and use our intellectual property.

Pixelworks will retain majority ownership of PWSH after the Listing, but PWSH will be managed by a separate board of directors and officers and those
directors and officers will owe fiduciary duties to the various stakeholders of PWSH, including shareholders other than Pixelworks. In the operation of
PWSH’s business, there may be situations that arise whereby the directors and officers of PWSH, in the exercise of their fiduciary duties, take actions that
may be contrary to the best interests of Pixelworks or its shareholders. Additionally, because PWSH will be managed by a separate board of directors and
officers, our organizational structure will become more complex, which may in turn require substantial financial, operational, and management resources.

In  the  future,  PWSH  may  issue  options,  restricted  shares,  and  other  forms  of  share-based  compensation  to  its  directors,  officers,  and  employees,  which
could dilute Pixelworks’ ownership in PWSH. In addition, PWSH may engage in capital raising activities in the future that could further dilute Pixelworks’
ownership interest.

The STAR Market is relatively new, and as a result, it is difficult to predict the effect of the proposed Listing, which may in turn negatively affect the
price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market.

The China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, initially launched the STAR Market in June 2019 and trading on that market began in July
2019.  No  assurance  can  be  given  regarding  the  effect  of  the  Listing  on  the  market  price  of  PWSH  shares  or  on  the  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the
Nasdaq Global Market. The market price of the PWSH shares and Pixelworks common stock may be volatile or may decline for reasons other than the risk
and uncertainties described above, as the result of investor negativity or uncertainty with respect to the proposed Listing.

If  the  Listing  is  completed,  Pixelworks  and  PWSH  both  will  be  public  reporting  companies,  but  each  will  be  subject  to  separate,  and  potentially
inconsistent, accounting and disclosure requirements, which may lead to investor confusion or uncertainty that could cause decreased demand for, or
fluctuations in the price of, one or both of the companies’ publicly traded shares.

If  PWSH  completes  the  Listing,  it  will  be  subject  to  accounting,  disclosure,  and  other  regulatory  requirements  of  the  STAR  Market.  At  the  same  time,
Pixelworks  will  remain  subject  to  accounting,  disclosure,  and  other  regulatory  requirements  of  the  SEC  and  the  Nasdaq  Global  Market.  As  a  result,
Pixelworks and PWSH periodically will disclose information simultaneously pursuant to differing laws and regulations. The information disclosed by the
two companies will differ, and may differ materially from time to time, due to the distinct, and potentially inconsistent, accounting standards applicable to
the  two  companies  and  disclosure  requirements  imposed  by  securities  regulatory  authorities,  as  well  as  differences  in  language,  culture,  and  expression
habit, in composition of investors in the United States and PRC, and in the capital markets of the United States and the PRC. Differing disclosures could
lead to confusion or uncertainty among investors in the publicly traded shares of one or both companies. Differences between the price of PWSH shares on
the  STAR  Market  and  the  price  of  Pixelworks  common  stock  on  Nasdaq  Global  Market  could  lead  to  increased  volatility,  as  some  investors  seek  to
arbitrage  price  differences.  Additionally,  news  about  PWSH  may  affect  the  price  of  Pixelworks’  common  stock,  and  vice  versa,  creating  additional
uncertainty and volatility.

34

General Risks

The price of our common stock has and may continue to fluctuate substantially.

Our stock price and the stock prices of technology companies similar to Pixelworks have been highly volatile. The price of our common stock may decline
and the value of our shareholders' investment may be reduced regardless of our performance.

The  daily  trading  volume  of  our  common  stock  has  historically  been  relatively  low,  although,  in  the  three  most  recent  years,  trading  volume  increased
compared to historical levels. As a result of the historically low volume, our shareholders may be unable to sell significant quantities of common stock in
the public trading markets without a significant reduction in the price of our common shares. Additionally, market fluctuations, as well as general economic
and political conditions, including recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the market price of our
common stock. Other factors that could negatively impact our stock price include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

changes in or failure to meet expectations as to our future financial performance;

changes in or failure to meet financial estimates of securities analysts;

announcements by us or our competitors of technological innovations, design wins, contracts, standards, acquisitions or divestitures;

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

issuances or proposed issuances of equity, debt or other securities by us, or sales of securities by our security holders; and

changes in market valuations of other technology companies.

Any  inability  or  perceived  inability  of  investors  to  realize  a  gain  on  an  investment  in  our  common  stock  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,
financial condition and results of operations by potentially limiting our ability to retain our customers, to attract and retain qualified employees and to raise
capital. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company's securities, securities
class  action  litigation  has  often  been  instituted  against  these  companies.  This  litigation,  if  instituted  against  us,  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  a
diversion of our management's attention and resources.

The interest of our current or potential significant shareholders may conflict with other shareholders and they may attempt to effect changes or acquire
control, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our  shareholders  may  from  time  to  time  engage  in  proxy  solicitations,  advance  shareholder  proposals,  acquire  control  or  otherwise  attempt  to  effect
changes, including by directly voting their shares on shareholder proposals. Campaigns by shareholders to effect changes at publicly traded companies are
sometimes  led  by  investors  seeking  to  increase  short-term  shareholder  value  through  actions  such  as  financial  restructuring,  increased  debt,  special
dividends, stock repurchases or sales of assets or the entire company. Responding to proxy contests and other actions by activist shareholders can be costly
and time-consuming, disrupting our operations and diverting the attention of our Board of Directors and senior management from the pursuit of business
strategies. Additionally, uncertainty over our direction and leadership may negatively impact our relationship with our customers and make it more difficult
to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel  and  business  partners.  As  a  result,  shareholder  campaigns  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and
financial condition.

35

Future sales of our equity could result in significant dilution to our existing shareholders and depress the market price of our common stock.

It  is  likely  that  we  will  need  to  seek  additional  capital  in  the  future  and  from  time  to  time.  If  this  financing  is  obtained  through  the  issuance  of  equity
securities,  debt  convertible  into  equity  securities,  options  or  warrants  to  acquire  equity  securities  or  similar  instruments  or  securities,  our  existing
shareholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage upon the issuance, conversion or exercise of such securities and such dilution could be
significant. For example, in December 2020, we completed a private placement of 3,200,000 shares of common stock to certain accredited investors at a
purchase  price  of  $2.071  per  share.  The  issuance  and  sale  of  the  shares  in  the  private  placement  had  a  dilutive  impact  on  our  existing  stockholders.
Additionally, also in December 2020, we completed the sale of 4,900,000 shares of common stock in an underwritten registered offering and an additional
735,000  shares  were  issued  pursuant  to  the  30-day  over-allotment  option  exercised  by  the  underwriter,  at  a  price  to  the  public  of  $2.45  per  share.
Additionally, pursuant to our “at the market” equity offering program, we may sell shares of our common stock having aggregate sales proceeds of up to
$25 million from time to time through Cowen and Company, LLC, as our agent. Through December 31, 2021, we sold an aggregate of 1,808,484 shares of
our common stock under this at the market offering. The issuance and sale of additional shares of our common stock pursuant to our “at the market” equity
offering program or otherwise will have a dilutive impact on our existing stockholders. Additionally, any new equity securities issued by us could have
rights,  preferences  or  privileges  senior  to  those  of  our  common  stock.  Further,  the  issuance  and  sale  of,  or  the  perception  that  we  may  issue  and  sell,
additional shares of common stock pursuant to our “at the market” equity offering program or an additional private placement or another offering could
have the effect of depressing the market price of our common stock or increasing the volatility thereof.

Any issuance by us or sales of our securities by our security holders, including by any of our affiliates, or the perception that such issuances or sales could
occur, could negatively impact the market price of our securities. For example, a number of shareholders own significant blocks of our common stock. If
one or more of these large shareholders were to sell large portions of their holdings in a relatively short time, for liquidity or other reasons, the prevailing
market  price  of  our  common  stock  could  be  negatively  affected.  This  could  result  in  further  potential  dilution  to  our  existing  shareholders  and  the
impairment of our ability to raise capital through the sale of equity, debt or other securities.

We may be unable to maintain compliance with Nasdaq Marketplace Rules which could cause our common stock to be delisted from the Nasdaq Global
Market. This could result in the lack of a market for our common stock, cause a decrease in the value of our common stock, and adversely affect our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules our common stock must maintain a minimum price of $1.00 per share for continued inclusion on the Nasdaq Global
Market. Our stock price was previously below $1.00 on May 6, 2009 and was $1.22 on February 12, 2016 and we cannot guarantee that our stock price will
remain  at  or  above  $1.00  per  share.  If  the  price  again  drops  below  $1.00  per  share,  our  stock  could  become  subject  to  delisting,  and  we  may  seek
shareholder approval for a reverse stock split, which in turn could produce adverse effects and may not result in a long-term or permanent increase in the
price of our common stock. Further, for continued listing on the Nasdaq Global Market we must have at least 400 total shareholders.

In addition to the minimum $1.00 per share and 400 total shareholders requirements, the Nasdaq Global Market has other continued listing requirements,
and we must meet all of the criteria under at least one of the following three standards: (i) a minimum of $50.0 million in total asset value and $50.0 million
in revenues in the latest fiscal year or in two of the last three fiscal years, at least 1.1 million publicly held shares and at least $15 million in market value of
publicly held shares and at least four registered and active market makers (as such term is defined by the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules); ; (ii) a minimum of
$50.0 million in market value of listed securities, at least 1.1 million publicly held shares and at least $15.0 million in market value of publicly held shares
and at least four registered and active market makers; or (iii) a minimum of $10.0 million in shareholders' equity, at least 750,000 publicly held shares and
at least $5 million in market value of publicly held shares and at least two registered and active market makers. As of December 31, 2021, we were in
compliance with these listing requirements. Our stock price is volatile and we believe that we continue to remain susceptible to the market value of our
listed securities and/or the market value of our publicly held securities falling below $50.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively. Accordingly, we cannot
assure you that we will be able to continue to comply with Nasdaq Global Market’s listing requirements. Should we be unable to remain in compliance
with these requirements, our stock could become subject to delisting.

36

If  our  common  stock  is  delisted,  trading  of  the  stock  will  most  likely  take  place  on  an  over-the-counter  market  established  for  unlisted  securities.  An
investor is likely to find it less convenient to sell, or to obtain accurate quotations in seeking to buy, our common stock on an over-the-counter market, and
many investors may not buy or sell our common stock due to difficulty in accessing over-the-counter markets, or due to policies preventing them from
trading in securities not listed on a national exchange or other reasons. For these reasons and others, delisting would adversely affect the liquidity, trading
volume  and  price  of  our  common  stock,  causing  the  value  of  an  investment  in  us  to  decrease  and  having  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations by limiting our ability to attract and retain qualified executives and employees and limiting our ability to raise capital.

The anti-takeover provisions of Oregon law and in our articles of incorporation could adversely affect the rights of the holders of our common stock,
including by preventing a sale or takeover of us at a price or prices favorable to the holders of our common stock.

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws and provisions of Oregon law may have the effect of delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition
of  us,  making  a  merger  or  acquisition  of  us  less  desirable  to  a  potential  acquirer  or  preventing  a  change  in  our  management,  even  if  our  shareholders
consider the merger, acquisition or change in management favorable or if doing so would benefit our shareholders. In addition, these provisions could limit
the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. The following are examples of such provisions:

•

•

if the number of directors is fixed by the board at eight or more, our board of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered terms, which
would make it more difficult for a group of shareholders to quickly replace a majority of directors;

our  board  of  directors  is  authorized,  without  prior  shareholder  approval,  to  create  and  issue  preferred  stock  with  voting  or  other  rights  or
preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or to effect a change of control, commonly referred to as "blank check"
preferred stock;

• members of our board of directors can be removed only for cause and at a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose, by the vote of

75 percent of the votes then entitled to be cast for the election of directors;

•

our board of directors may alter our bylaws without obtaining shareholder approval; and shareholders are required to provide advance notice for
nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters to be acted upon at a shareholder meeting;

• Oregon  law  permits  our  board  to  consider  other  factors  beyond  stockholder  value  in  evaluating  any  acquisition  offer  (so-called  "expanded

constituency" provisions); and

•

a supermajority (67%) vote of shareholders is required to approve certain fundamental transactions.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

37

Item 2.

Properties.

We lease facilities around the world to house our engineering, sales, customer support, administrative and operations functions. We do not own any of our
facilities. As of December 31, 2021, our major facilities consisted of the following: 

Location
China

Toronto
California

Taiwan

Oregon
Japan

Function(s)
Engineering; sales;
customer support

Engineering; administration
Administration;
engineering; sales
Customer support; sales;
operations; engineering
Administration
Sales; customer support

Square Feet Utilized
36,000

12,000
10,000

16,000

5,000
3,000

Lease Expiration
Various dates
through
March 2023
March 2027
September 2024

Various dates through May
2023
December 2024
January 2023

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.

We  are  subject  to  legal  matters  that  arise  from  time  to  time  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business.  Although  we  currently  believe  that  resolving  such
matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, our results of operations, or our cash flows, these
matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and our view of these matters may change in the future.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not Applicable.

38

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "PXLW". Our stock began trading on May 19, 2000.

As of March 4, 2022, there were 114 shareholders of record of our common stock and the last per share sales price of the common stock on that date was
$2.96.  The  number  of  beneficial  owners  of  our  common  stock  is  substantially  greater  than  the  number  of  shareholders  of  record  because  a  significant
portion of our outstanding common stock is held in broker "street name" for the benefit of individual investors.

Item 6.

Reserved.

39

 
Item 7.        Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.

COVID-19

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic, and the virus continues to exist in areas where we operate
and  sell  our  products  and  services.  Several  public  health  organizations  have  recommended,  and  many  local  governments  have  implemented,  certain
measures to slow and limit the transmission of the virus, including various social distancing ordinances, which has resulted in a significant deterioration of
economic conditions in many of the countries in which we operate.

The spread of COVID-19 has caused us to modify our business practices, including implementing work-from-home policies and restricting travel by our
employees.

The impact of the pandemic on the global economy and on our business, as well as on the business of our suppliers and customers, and the measures that
may be needed in the future in response to it, will depend on many factors beyond our control and knowledge. We will continually monitor the situation to
determine what actions may be necessary or appropriate to address the impact of the pandemic, which may include actions mandated or recommended by
federal, state or local authorities. While we expect the impacts of COVID-19 to be temporary, the disruptions caused by the virus have negatively affected
our  revenue  and  results  of  operations  in  2020  and  2021.  For  example,  our  revenues  for  fiscal  year  2020  were  lower  than  initially  anticipated  and  our
revenues for 2021 continued to be negatively impacted by COVID-19.

Overview

Pixelworks is a leading provider of high-performance and power-efficient visual processing solutions that bridge the gap between video content formats
and rapidly advancing display capabilities. We develop and market semiconductor and software solutions that enable consistently high-quality, authentic
viewing experiences in a wide variety of applications from cinema to smartphones. Our primary target markets include Mobile (smartphone, gaming and
tablet), Home Entertainment (TV, personal video recorder ("PVR"), over-the-air ("OTA") and projector), Content (creation, remastering and delivery), and
Business & Education (projector).

We were one of the first companies to commercially launch a video System on Chip ("SoC") capable of deinterlacing 1080i HDTV signals and one of the
first companies with a commercial dual-channel 1080i deinterlacer integrated circuit. Our Topaz product line was one of the industry’s first single-chip SoC
for digital projection. We first introduced our motion estimation / motion compensation technology ("MEMC") for TVs and in recent years introduced a
mobile-optimized MEMC solution for smartphones, one of several unique features in the mobile-optimized Iris visual processor. In 2019, we introduced
our Hollywood award-winning TrueCut® video platform, the industry’s first motion grading technology that allows fine tuning of motion appearance in
cinematic content for a wide range of frame rates, shutter angles and display types.

Our solutions enable worldwide manufacturers to offer leading-edge consumer electronics and professional display products, as well as video delivery and
streaming solutions for content service providers. Our core visual display processing technology intelligently processes digital images and video from a
variety of sources and optimizes the content for a superior viewing experience. Our video coding technology reduces storage requirements, significantly
reduces bandwidth constraint issues and converts content between multiple formats to enable seamless delivery of video, including OTA streaming, while
also maintaining end-to-end content security.

Rapid growth in video consumption, combined with the move towards high frame rate / refresh rate displays, especially in mobile, is increasing the demand
for our visual processing and video delivery solutions. Our technologies can be applied to a wide range of devices from large-screen projectors to cinematic
big  screens,  to  low-power  mobile  tablets  and  smartphones,  to  high-quality  video  infrastructure  equipment  and  streaming  devices.  Our  products  are
architected  and  optimized  for  power,  cost,  bandwidth,  and  overall  system  performance,  according  to  the  requirements  of  the  specific  application.  On
occasion, we have also licensed our technology.

During the third quarter of 2021, we engaged in a strategic plan to re-align our mobile, projector, and video delivery businesses to improve their focus on
the  Asia-centered  customers  and  employee  stakeholders  of  those  businesses.  The  global  center  of  the  mobile,  projector,  and  video  delivery  businesses
continues to be in Asia, and the steps taken by us to date and going forward are intended to improve our ability to access capital, customers, and talent. We
have operated our primary R&D center in Asia for over 15 years and feel that the time is right to take advantage of that existing footprint and develop
PWSH  as  a  full  profit-and-loss  center  underneath  Pixelworks,  Inc.,  for  the  mobile,  projector,  and  video  delivery  businesses.  Most  of  these  steps  were
completed before the end of 2021.

40

This plan will further enable PWSH to seek qualification to file an application for an initial public offering on the Shanghai Stock Exchange’s Science and
Technology Innovation Board, known as the STAR Market (the “Listing”). We believe that the Listing will have many benefits, including improved access
to  new  capital  markets  and  the  funding  of  our  growth  worldwide.  We  presently  intend  to  qualify  PWSH  to  apply  for  the  Listing  so  that  the  Listing  is
consummated in 2023. The process of going public on the STAR Market includes several periods of review and, therefore, is a lengthy process. There is no
guarantee that PWSH will be approved for a Listing at any point in the future.

As of December 31, 2021, we had an intellectual property portfolio of 335 patents related to the visual display of digital image data. We focus our research
and development efforts on developing video algorithms that improve quality and architectures that reduce system power, cost, bandwidth and increase
overall system performance and device functionality. We seek to expand our technology portfolio through internal development and co-development with
business partners, and we continually evaluate acquisition opportunities and other ways to leverage our technology into other high-value markets.

Pixelworks  was  founded  in  1997  and  is  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  state  of  Oregon.  On  August  2,  2017,  we  acquired  ViXS  Systems  Inc.,  a
corporation organized in Canada ("ViXS").

Historically, significant portions of our revenue have been generated by sales to a relatively small number of end customers and distributors. We sell our
products worldwide through a direct sales force, distributors and manufacturers’ representatives. We sell to distributors in China, Europe, Japan, Korea,
Southeast  Asia,  Taiwan  and  the  U.S.  Our  distributors  often  provide  engineering  support  to  our  end  customers  and  often  have  valuable  and  established
relationships with our end customers. In certain countries in which we operate, it is customary to sell to distributors. While distributor payment to us is not
dependent upon the distributor’s ability to resell the product or to collect from the end customer, the distributors may provide longer payment terms to end
customers than those we would offer.

Significant portions of our products are sold overseas. Sales outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 97% and 93% of revenue in 2021 and 2020,
respectively. Our integrators, branded manufacturers and branded suppliers incorporate our products into systems that are sold worldwide. The majority of
our revenue to date has been denominated in U.S. dollars.

Seasonality

Our business is subject to seasonality related to the markets we serve and the location of our customers. For example, we have historically experienced
higher revenue from the digital projector market in the third quarter of the year, and lower revenue in the first quarter of the year, as our Japanese customers
reduce inventories in anticipation of their March 31 fiscal year end.

41

Results of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with year ended December 31, 2020.

Revenue, net

Net revenue was as follows (in thousands):

Revenue, net

Net revenue increased $14.2 million, or 35%, from 2020 to 2021.

Year ended December 31,
2020

2021

2021 v. 2020

$ change

% change

$

55,102  $

40,855  $

14,247 

35 %

Revenue recorded in 2021 consisted of $50.8 million in revenue from the sale of IC products and $4.3 million in revenue related to engineering services,
license revenue and other. Revenue recorded in 2020 consisted of $39.2 million in revenue from the sale of IC products and $1.7 million in revenue related
to engineering services, license revenue and other.

The increase in IC revenue is due to a significant increase in unit sales into the mobile market and an increase in unit sales into the digital projector market
as we experienced increased demand in the mobile market and sustained recovery in the digital projector market.

The increase in revenue related to engineering services, license revenue and other is primarily due to the recognition of license revenue during 2021.

Cost of revenue and gross profit

Cost of revenue and gross profit were as follows (in thousands):

1
Direct product costs and related overhead 
Amortization of acquired developed technology
2
Inventory charges 
Stock-based compensation
Restructuring

Total cost of revenue

Gross profit

Year ended December 31,

2021

% of
 revenue 

2020

% of
 revenue 

$

$

$

25,987 
899 
480 
43 
— 
27,409 

27,693 

47 % $

2 
1 
0 
0 
50 % $
50 % $

18,807 
1,192 
66 
432 
173 
20,670 

20,185 

46 %
3 
0 
1 
0 

51 %

49 %

1

2

Includes purchased materials, assembly, test, labor, employee benefits and royalties.

Includes charges to reduce inventory to lower of cost or net realizable value and a benefit for sales of previously written down inventory.

Gross profit margin increased to 50% in 2021 compared to 49% in 2020, primarily due to high margin license revenue recorded, more absorption of fixed
overhead costs due to increased revenue and decreased amortization of acquired developed technology. These favorable increases to gross profit margin
were  partially  offset  by  an  unfavorable  impact  to  gross  profit  margin  due  to  a  significant  increase  in  sales  into  the  mobile  market  compared  to  the
comparable period.

Pixelworks’ gross profit margin is subject to variability based on changes in revenue levels, product mix, average selling prices, startup costs, restructuring
charges, amortization related to acquired developed technology and the timing and execution of manufacturing ramps as well as other factors.

42

 
 
 
 
 
Research and development

Research  and  development  expense  includes  compensation  and  related  costs  for  personnel,  development-related  expenses  including  non-recurring
engineering and fees for outside services, depreciation and amortization, expensed equipment, facilities and information technology expense allocations
and travel and related expenses.

Co-Development Agreement

During  the  third  quarter  of  2021,  we  entered  into  a  best-efforts  co-development  agreement  with  a  customer  to  defray  a  portion  of  the  research  and
development expenses we expect to incur in connection with our development of an integrated circuit product. We expect our development costs to exceed
the amounts received from the customer, and although we expect to sell units of the product to the customer, there is no commitment or agreement from the
customer for such sales at this time. Additionally, we retain ownership of any modifications or improvements to our pre-existing intellectual property and
may use such improvements in products sold to other customers.

Under the co-development agreement, $5.8 million was payable by the customer within 60 days of the date of the agreement and three additional payments
of $2.2 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million are each payable upon completion of certain development milestones. As amounts become due and payable,
they  are  offset  against  research  and  development  expense  on  a  pro  rata  basis.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  we  recognized  an  offset  to
research and development expense of approximately $4.0 million.

Research and development expense was as follows (in thousands):

Research and development

Year ended December 31,
2020
2021

2021 v. 2020

$ change

% change

$

27,250  $

25,040  $

2,210 

9 %

Research  and  development  expense  increased  $2.2  million,  or  9%,  from  2020  to  2021.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  compensation
expense  due  to  a  COVID-19  relief  benefit  received  in  China  in  2020  that  was  not  received  in  2021,  as  well  as  annual  merit  salary  increases  and  an
increased management bonus accrual. 2021 also included an increase in non-recurring engineering expense due to the timing of development activities.
This increase was largely offset by a benefit related to the co-development agreement. 

Selling, general and administrative

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  includes  compensation  and  related  costs  for  personnel,  sales  commissions,  allocations  for  facilities  and
information technology expenses, travel, outside services and other general expenses incurred in our sales, marketing, customer support, management, legal
and other professional and administrative support functions.

Selling, general and administrative expense was as follows (in thousands): 

Selling, general and administrative

$

20,445  $

19,840  $

605 

3 %

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $0.6 million, or 3%, from 2020 to 2021. The increase was primarily due to increases in accounting
and legal fees incurred related to our strategic plan with our PWSH subsidiary as well as an increase in compensation expense due to annual merit salary
increases and an increased management bonus accrual. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in stock-based compensation expense due to the
timing of awards granted.

Year ended December 31,
2020
2021

2021 v. 2020

$ change

% change

43

 
 
 
 
 
Restructurings

In August 2020, we executed a restructuring plan to make the operation of the Company more efficient (the "August 2020 Plan"). The August 2020 Plan
included an approximately 14% reduction in workforce, primarily in the areas of operations, research and development, sales and marketing.

In January 2020, we executed a restructuring plan to make the operation of the Company more efficient (the "January 2020 Plan"). The January 2020 Plan
included an approximately 4% reduction in workforce, primarily in the areas of research and development and sales.

Restructuring expense was as follows (in thousands): 

Employee severance and benefits

Total restructuring expense

Included in cost of revenue
Included in operating expenses

During 2021, we did not record any restructuring expense.

Year ended December 31,

2021

2020

—  $
—  $

—  $
— 

2,214 
2,214 

173 
2,041 

$
$

$

During 2020, we recorded $1.6 million in restructuring expense related to the August 2020 Plan and $0.6 million in restructuring expense related to the
January 2020 Plan. The January 2020 Plan was complete in the first quarter of 2020 and we did not incur any further charges related to the January 2020
Plan after the first quarter of 2020. The August 2020 Plan was complete in the fourth quarter of 2020 and we did not incur any further expenses related to
the August 2020 Plan after the fourth quarter of 2020.

Interest income and other, net

Interest income and other, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

Other income
Interest income
Interest expense

Total interest income and other, net

44

Year ended December 31,

2021

2020

246  $
211 
— 
457  $

161 
87 
(239)
9 

$

$

 
 
 
 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Year ended December 31,

2021

2020

$

(133) $

598 

The income tax benefit of $0.1 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2021 is primarily comprised of current tax expense of approximately $0.6
million  for  our  profitable  cost-plus  foreign  jurisdictions  and  accruals  for  tax  contingencies  in  foreign  jurisdictions  offset  by  a  deferred  tax  benefit  of
approximately $0.7 million primarily associated with recognition of Canadian deferred tax assets. Included in current tax expense is a tax benefit of $0.6
million associated with the reversal of withholding taxes on our China earnings as we now plan to reinvest these earnings indefinitely, which resulted from
the changes made in the third quarter of 2021 related to our strategic plan with our PWSH subsidiary. Also included in current tax expense is $0.8 million
of expense resulting from the revaluation of our uncertain tax position in China to the statutory tax rate as we no longer qualify for the tax holiday we were
under.

The income tax expense recorded for the year ended December 31, 2020 is primarily comprised of $0.6 million in current and deferred tax expense for our
profitable cost-plus foreign jurisdictions and accruals for tax contingencies in foreign jurisdictions, partially offset by the reversal of previously recorded
tax contingencies due to the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

We continue to record a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, as it is not more likely than not
that we will realize a benefit from these assets in a future period. In the third quarter of 2021, we recorded a valuation allowance against our net deferred
tax  assets  in  China  in  conjunction  with  the  restructuring  of  our  intercompany  agreements  and  intellectual  property.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021,  we
recognized $0.6 million of our Canadian net deferred tax assets as we are more likely than not to realize a benefit from these assets in a future period. We
have not provided a valuation allowance against our other foreign net deferred tax assets as we have concluded it is more likely than not that we will realize
a benefit from these assets in a future period because our subsidiaries in these jurisdictions are cost-plus taxpayers.

As of December 31, 2021, we have federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $166.4 million, $6.8 million, and $39.5
million  respectively,  which  will  begin  expiring  in  2022.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  have  available  federal,  state  and  foreign  research  and
experimentation tax credit carryforwards of approximately $7.8 million, $5.0 million and $24.3 million respectively. The federal and state tax credits will
begin expiring in 2022 while the foreign tax credits have an indefinite life. In addition, our Canadian subsidiary has unclaimed scientific and experimental
expenditures to be carried forward and applied against future income in Canada of approximately $120.9 million. We have a general foreign tax credit of
$0.1  million,  which  will  begin  expiring  in  2022.  Our  ability  to  utilize  our  federal  net  operating  losses  may  be  limited  by  Section  382  of  the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which imposes an annual limit on the ability of a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" to use its net
operating loss carryforwards to reduce its tax liability. An ownership change is generally defined as a greater than 50% increase in equity ownership by 5%
shareholders in any three-year period.

45

 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash and cash equivalents

Total  cash  and  cash  equivalents  increased  $30.3  million  from  $31.3  million  at  December  31,  2020  to  $61.6  million  at  December  31,  2021.  Short-term
marketable  securities  decreased  $0.3  million  from  $0.3  million  at  December  31,  2020  to  zero  at  December  31,  2021.  The  net  increase  in  cash,  cash
equivalents and short-term marketable securities of $30.0 million was the result of $42.3 million in proceeds from equity interests issued to the redeemable
non-controlling interest and certain entities owned by employees, $1.3 million in proceeds from the issuances of common stock under our employee equity
incentive plans and $0.3 million in net proceeds from our "at the market" equity offering. These increases were partially offset by $9.2 million used in
operating activities, $3.5 million used for purchases of property and equipment and $1.2 million used for payments on other asset financings.

As of December 31, 2021, our cash and cash equivalents balance consisted of $46.3 million in cash and $15.3 million in cash equivalents held in U.S.
dollar denominated money market funds. Our investment policy requires that our portfolio maintains a weighted average maturity of less than 12 months.
Additionally,  no  maturities  can  extend  beyond  24  months  and  concentrations  with  individual  securities  are  limited.  At  the  time  of  purchase,  short-term
credit rating must be rated at least A-2 / P-2 / F-2 by at least two Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations ("NRSRO") and securities of
issuers with a long-term credit rating must be rated at least A or A3 by at least two NRSROs. Our investment policy is reviewed at least annually by our
Audit Committee.

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts  receivable,  net  increased  to  $8.7  million  at  December  31,  2021  from  $4.7  million  at  December  31,  2020.  Average  number  of  days  sales
outstanding  increased  to  47  days  at  December  31,  2021  from  44  days  at  December  31,  2020.  The  increase  in  accounts  receivable  was  due  to  normal
fluctuations in the timing of sales and customer receipts within the fourth quarter of 2021, and the fourth quarter of 2020.

Inventories

Inventories decreased to $1.5 million at December 31, 2021 from $2.4 million at December 31, 2020. Inventory turnover increased to 19.5 at December 31,
2021 from 6.0 at December 31, 2020 primarily due to lower average inventory balances and higher cost of goods sold during the fourth quarter of 2021
compared to the fourth quarter of 2020. Inventory turnover is calculated based on annualized quarterly operating results and average inventory balances
during the quarter.

Capital resources

At the Market Offering

On June 5, 2020, we entered into a sales agreement (the "Sales Agreement") with Cowen and Company, LLC ("Cowen"), pursuant to which we may issue
and sell shares of the Company's common stock, par value $0.001 per share, having an aggregate offering price of up to $25.0 million, from time to time,
through an "at the market" equity offering program under which Cowen will act as sales agent. Under the Sales Agreement, Cowen may sell the shares by
methods deemed to be an "at the market offering" as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including sales
made by means of ordinary brokers’ transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market or on any other existing trading market for the common stock or otherwise
at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, in block transactions, or as otherwise directed by us. We pay Cowen a commission equal to three percent
(3.0%) of the gross sales proceeds of any common stock sold through Cowen under the Sales Agreement. The Sales Agreement may be terminated by us
upon prior notice to Cowen or by Cowen upon prior notice to us, or at any time under certain circumstances, including but not limited to the occurrence of
a material adverse change in the Company. We are not obligated to sell any shares under the Sales Agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold an aggregate of 1,747,466 shares of our common stock under this at the market offering, resulting in
aggregate net proceeds to us of approximately $4.4 million, and gross proceeds of approximately $4.9 million and paid Cowen commissions and fees of
approximately $0.2 million, and other expenses of $0.3 million.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  we  sold  an  aggregate  of  61,018  shares  of  our  common  stock  under  this  at  the  market  offering,  resulting  in
aggregate net proceeds to us of approximately $0.3 million, and gross proceeds of approximately $0.4 million, and paid Cowen commissions and fees and
other expenses of approximately $0.1 million.

46

Capital Increase Agreement

We have entered into a Capital Increase Agreement pursuant to which our subsidiary PWSH, received net proceeds from the sale of its securities pursuant
thereto in an amount of RMB 279.7 million ($42.3 million USD). Additional information is provided in "Note 15: Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest
and Equity Interest of PWSH Sold to Employees", which is incorporated by reference into this section.

Liquidity

As  of  December  31,  2021,  our  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  marketable  securities  balance  of  $61.6  million  was  highly  liquid.  We  currently
anticipate that our existing working capital will be adequate to fund our operating, investing and financing needs for the twelve months following our 2021
fiscal year end and beyond. We may pursue financing arrangements including the issuance of debt or equity securities or reduce expenditures, or both, to
meet the Company’s cash requirements, including in the longer term. There is no assurance that, if required, we will be able to raise additional capital or
reduce discretionary spending to provide the required liquidity which, in turn, may have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position
and cash flows.

From time to time, we evaluate acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies that complement our business. Any transactions, if consummated, may
consume a material portion of our working capital or require the issuance of equity securities that may result in dilution to existing shareholders. Our ability
to generate cash from operations is also subject to substantial risks described in Part I, “Item 1A., Risk Factors.” If any of these risks occur, we may be
unable to generate or sustain positive cash flow from operating activities. We would then be required to use existing cash and cash equivalents to support
our  working  capital  and  other  cash  requirements.  If  additional  funds  are  required  to  support  our  working  capital  requirements,  acquisitions  or  other
purposes, we may seek to raise funds through debt financing, equity financing or from other sources. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of
equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our shareholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may
have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing shareholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of
those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility, and would
also require us to incur interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would be able
to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us.

Contractual Payment Obligations

A summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2021 is as follows:

Contractual Obligation
Operating leases
Estimated purchase commitments to contract manufacturers
Payments on accrued balances related to asset financings
Other purchase obligations and commitments

1
Total 

Total

5,724  $
6,598 
1,498 
619 
14,439  $

$

$

Payments Due By Period

Less than
1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

More than 5
years

2,652  $
6,598 
1,133 
275 
10,658  $

2,253  $
— 
365 
344 
2,962  $

728  $
— 
— 
— 
728  $

91 
— 
— 
— 
91 

1       

We  are  unable  to  reliably  estimate  the  timing  of  future  payments  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  and  repatriation  of  foreign  earnings;  therefore,
$3.1 million of income taxes payable has been excluded from the table above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and judgments that
affect  the  amounts  reported.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  we  evaluate  our  estimates,  including  those  related  to  revenue  recognition,  inventories,  property  and
equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, valuation of goodwill, valuation of share-based payments, income taxes, litigation and other contingencies. We
base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We  believe  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  affect  our  more  significant  judgments  and  estimates  used  in  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated
financial statements:

47

 
Revenue Recognition - Revenue is recognized when control of the promised good or service is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the
consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Our principal revenue generating activities consist of the following:

Product Sales - We sell integrated circuit products, also known as "chips" or "ICs", based upon a customer purchase order, which includes a
fixed price per unit. We have elected to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the goods, and not
evaluate  whether  these  activities  are  promised  services  to  the  customer.  We  generally  satisfy  our  single  performance  obligation  upon
shipment of the goods to the customer and recognize revenue at a point in time upon shipment of the underlying product.

Our shipments are subject to limited return rights subject to our limited warranty for our products sold. In addition, we may provide other
credits to certain customers pursuant to price protection and stock rotation rights, all of which are considered variable consideration when
estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. We use the “most likely amount” method to determine the amount of consideration to which
we  are  entitled.  Our  estimate  of  variable  consideration  is  reassessed  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  based  on  changes  in  facts  and
circumstances. Historically, returns and credits have not been material.

Engineering Services - We enter into contracts for professional engineering services that include software development and customization.
We  identify  each  performance  obligation  in  our  engineering  services  agreements  ("ESAs")  at  contract  inception.  The  ESA  generally
includes  project  deliverables  specified  by  the  customer.  The  performance  obligations  in  the  ESA  are  generally  combined  into  one
deliverable,  with  the  pricing  for  services  stated  at  a  fixed  amount.  Services  provided  under  the  ESA  generally  result  in  the  transfer  of
control over time. We recognize revenue on ESAs based on the proportion of labor hours expended to the total hours expected to complete
the  contract  performance  obligation.  ESAs  could  include  substantive  customer  acceptance  provisions.  In  ESAs  that  include  substantive
customer acceptance provisions, we recognize revenue upon customer acceptance.

License Revenue - On occasion, we derive revenue from the license of our internally developed intellectual property ("IP"). Additionally,
for  certain  IP  license  agreements,  royalties  are  collected  as  customers  sell  their  own  products  that  incorporate  our  IP.  IP  licensing
agreements  that  we  enter  into  generally  provide  licensees  the  right  to  incorporate  our  IP  components  in  their  products  with  terms  and
conditions that vary by licensee. Fees under these agreements generally include license fees or royalty fees relating to our IP and support
service fees, resulting in two performance obligations. We evaluate each performance obligation, which generally results in the transfer of
control at a point in time for the license fee and over time for support services. Royalties are recognized as revenue is earned, generally
when the customer sells its products that incorporate our IP.

Other - From time-to-time, we enter into arrangements for other revenue generating activities, such as providing technical support services
to customers through technical support agreements. In each circumstance, we evaluate such arrangements for our performance obligations
which generally results in the transfer of control for such services over time. Historically, such arrangements have not been material to our
operating results.

Inventory Valuation. We value inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. In addition, we write down any obsolete, unmarketable or otherwise
impaired inventory to net realizable value. The determination of obsolete or excess inventory requires us to estimate the future demand for our products.
The estimate of future demand is compared to inventory levels to determine the amount, if any, of obsolete or excess inventory. If actual market conditions
are  less  favorable  than  those  we  projected  at  the  time  the  inventory  was  written  down,  additional  inventory  write-downs  may  be  required.  Inventory
valuation is re-evaluated on a quarterly basis.

Useful  Lives  and  Recoverability  of  Equipment  and  Other  Long-Lived  Assets.  We  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  equipment  and  other  assets,  including
identifiable intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If there
is  an  indicator  of  impairment,  we  prepare  an  estimate  of  future,  undiscounted  cash  flows  expected  to  result  from  the  use  of  each  asset  and  its  eventual
disposition. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, we adjust the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value. We have
concluded that the carrying value of our long-lived assets is recoverable as of December 31, 2021.

Goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized, rather tested, at least annually, for impairment at a reporting unit level. Impairment of goodwill is the condition that
exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit that includes goodwill exceeds its fair value. A goodwill impairment loss is recognized for the amount
that the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its fair value, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting
unit. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired.

48

We evaluate impairment using the guidance set forth in FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350):
Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment ("ASU 2017-04") which states that an entity may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is
necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If determined to be necessary, the quantitative impairment test shall be used to identify
goodwill impairment and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized. An entity has an unconditional option to bypass the qualitative
assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the quantitative goodwill impairment test. Accordingly, we have elected to bypass
the  qualitative  assessment  and  proceed  directly  to  the  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test.  We  tested  goodwill  for  impairment  under  the  quantitative
goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter and concluded that goodwill was not impaired.

Stock-Based Compensation.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  is  measured  at  the  grant  date,  based  on  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  award  using  the
Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  for  stock  options  and  market  price  for  restricted  stock  units.  The  use  of  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model,
requires certain estimates, including expected term of options granted, the method of calculating expected volatilities and the risk-free interest rate used in
the  option-pricing  model.  The  resulting  calculated  fair  value  of  stock  options  is  recognized  as  compensation  expense  over  the  requisite  service  period,
which is generally the vesting period. When there are changes to the assumptions used in the option-pricing model, including fluctuations in the market
price of our common stock, there will be variations in the calculated fair value of our future stock option awards, which results in variation in the stock-
based compensation expensed recognized. Additionally, any modification of an award that increases its fair value will require us to recognize additional
expense.

Income Taxes. We record deferred income taxes for temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting
purposes and we record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We also regularly
conduct a comprehensive review of our uncertain tax positions. In this regard, an uncertain tax position represents our expected treatment of a tax position
taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return, that has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting
purposes. Until these positions are sustained by the taxing authorities, we do not recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions and report the tax
effects for uncertain tax positions in our consolidated balance sheets.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See "Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for a description of recent accounting pronouncements,
including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Not applicable.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The following financial statements and reports are included in Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 32)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

49

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Pixelworks, Inc.
San Jose, California

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pixelworks, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years ended December
31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company's
consolidated  financial  statements.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)
("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  The  Company  is  not
required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal
control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our
audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  that  were
communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial
statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any
way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing
separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

50

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Revenue Recognition — Refer to Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
____________________________________________________________________________

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised products or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the
Company  expects  to  receive  in  exchange  for  those  products  or  services.  The  Company's  contract  may  contain  one  or  more  performance  obligations,
including hardware, professional engineering services, internally developed intellectual property ("IP") and technical support services.

Significant judgment is exercised by the Company in determining revenue recognition for these customer agreements, and includes the following:

• Determination  of  whether  products  and  services  are  considered  distinct  performance  obligations  that  should  be  accounted  for  separately  versus

together.

• Determination of stand-alone selling prices for each distinct performance obligation (i.e. for IP license fee and support service fee that are sold

together under IP licensing arrangements).

•
•

The pattern of delivery (i.e., timing of when revenue is recognized) for each distinct performance obligation.

Estimation of variable consideration when determining the amount of revenue to recognize, primarily on product sale arrangements (e.g., customer
credits pursuant to price protection rights, stock rotation rights and limited return rights).

Given these factors, the related audit effort in evaluating management's judgments in determining revenue recognition for these customer agreements was
extensive and required a high degree of auditor judgment.

____________________________________________________________________________

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our principal audit procedures related to the Company's revenue recognition for these customer agreements included the following:

• We selected a sample of customer agreements and performed the following procedures:

◦ Obtained and read contract source documents for each selection, including master agreements, and other documents that were part of the

◦

◦

agreement to identify significant terms.
Tested management's identification of significant terms for completeness, including the identification of distinct performance obligations
and variable consideration.
Assessed  the  terms  in  the  customer  agreement  and  evaluated  the  appropriateness  of  management's  application  of  their  accounting
policies, along with their use of estimates, in the determination of revenue recognition conclusions.

• We evaluated the reasonableness of management's estimate of stand-alone selling prices for products and services that are not sold separately.
• We  evaluated  the  reasonableness  and  accuracy  of  management's  judgements  and  estimates  used  in  accounting  for  customer  credits  pursuant  to
price protection rights, stock rotation rights and limited return rights ("variable consideration"). This included testing management's estimate of
calculating expected credits issued to customers and determining whether such credits were completely and accurately reserved as of December
31, 2021.

We tested the mathematical accuracy of management's calculations of revenue and the associated timing of recognizing the related revenue subject to any
constraints in the consolidated financial statements.

51

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Inventory Valuation— Refer to Note 2 to the Financial Statements
____________________________________________________________________________

Critical Audit Matter Description

The  Company  computes  inventory  cost  on  a  first-in-first  out  basis  and  applies  judgment  in  determining  the  forecast  for  products  and  the  valuation  of
inventories. The Company assesses inventory at each reporting date in order to assert that it is recorded at net realizable value, giving consideration to,
among other factors: whether the product is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value; and the estimation of excess and obsolete inventory or that
which is not of saleable quality. Most of the Company's inventory provisions are based on the Company's inventory levels and future product purchase
commitments compared to assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Significant judgment is exercised by the Company to determine inventory carrying value adjustments, specifically the provisions for excess or obsolete
inventories, and includes the following:

• Developing  assumptions  such  as  forecasts  of  future  sales  quantities,  which  are  sensitive  to  the  competitiveness  of  product  offerings,  customer

requirements, and product life cycles.

• Applying  management  judgment  on  not  reserving  certain  inventory  units  (e.g.  in  case  they  are  items  that  can  be  used  for  Return  Merchandise

Authorization "RMA"/warranty purpose).

Given  these  factors  and  assumptions  are  forward-looking  and  could  be  affected  by  future  economic  and  market  conditions,  the  related  audit  effort  to
evaluate management's inventory valuation adjustments was extensive and required a high degree of auditor judgment.

____________________________________________________________________________

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our principal audit procedures related to the Company's inventory valuation methodology included the following:

• We selected a sample of inventory items and performed the following procedures:

◦

Tested the mathematical accuracy of the schedule by comparing the quantities and carrying value of on-hand inventories to related unit
sales, both historical and forecasted.

◦ Assessed and tested the reasonableness of the significant assumptions (e.g., sales and marketing forecast, build plans, RMA requirements,

◦

usage and open sales-orders).
Inquired  with  the  management  team  and  evaluated  the  adequacy  of  management's  sales  forecasts  by  analyzing  potential  technological
changes in line with product life cycles and/or identified alternative customer uses.

Assessed whether there were any potential sources of contrary information, including historical forecast accuracy or history of significant revisions to
previously recorded inventory valuation adjustments, and performed sensitivity analyses over significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in inventory
valuation that would result from changes in the assumptions.

/s/ Armanino 

LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

San Ramon, California
March 9, 2022

52

PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share data)

ASSETS

December 31,

2021

2020

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term marketable securities
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other assets, net
Acquired intangible assets, net
Goodwill

Total assets

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities
Current portion of income taxes payable

Total current liabilities
Long-term liabilities, net of current portion
Deposit liability
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion
Income taxes payable, net of current portion

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
Redeemable non-controlling interest
Shareholders' equity:

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 53,367,136 and 51,078,942 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Accumulated deficit

Total shareholders' equity
Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interest and shareholders' equity

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

53

$

$

$

$

61,587  $
— 
8,708 
1,469 
2,732 
74,496 
5,656 
4,789 
3,162 
90 
18,407 
106,600  $

2,747  $

13,563 
128 
16,438 
519 
12,716 
2,853 
2,948 
35,474 

30,905 

— 

31,257 
250 
4,672 
2,445 
1,010 
39,634 
5,103 
6,606 
1,081 
1,207 
18,407 
72,038 

995 
9,452 
147 
10,594 
1,007 
— 
5,088 
2,479 
19,168 

— 

— 

475,644 
(468)
(434,955)
40,221 
106,600  $

467,957 
47 
(415,134)
52,870 
72,038 

 
 
 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenue, net
Cost of revenue (1)

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development (2)
Selling, general and administrative (3)
Restructuring

Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Interest income and other, net
Gain on loan extinguishment

Total other income, net
Loss before income taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net loss
Less: Net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest

Net loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc.

Net loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc. per share - basic and diluted
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted

(1) Includes:

Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Stock-based compensation
Restructuring

(2) Includes stock-based compensation
(3) Includes:

Stock-based compensation
Amortization of acquired intangible assets

$

$

$

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

55,102  $
27,409 
27,693 

27,250 
20,445 
— 
47,695 
(20,002)
457 
— 
457 
(19,545)
(133)
(19,412)
(409)
(19,821) $

(0.38) $

52,509 

899 
43 
— 
2,363 

3,678 
219 

40,855 
20,670 
20,185 

25,040 
19,840 
2,041 
46,921 
(26,736)
9 
796 
805 
(25,931)
598 
(26,529)
— 
(26,529)

(0.65)
40,712 

1,192 
432 
173 
2,943 

4,296 
304 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

54

 
 
 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands)

Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Foreign currency translation adjustment
Foreign pension adjustment
Tax effect of foreign pension adjustment
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

Comprehensive loss
Less: comprehensive income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$

(19,412) $

(26,529)

(520)
6 
(1)
— 
(19,927)
(409)
(20,336) $

— 
48 
(10)
(3)
(26,494)
— 
(26,494)

$

55

 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Stock-based compensation
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
Reversal of uncertain tax positions
Gain on loan extinguishment
Accretion on short-term marketable securities
Gain on sale of marketable securities
Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current and long-term assets, net
Accounts payable
Accrued current and long-term liabilities
Income taxes payable

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities
Purchases of available-for-sale marketable securities
Purchases of licensed technology

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Net proceeds from issuance of equity interest to redeemable non-controlling interest
Net proceeds from issuance of equity interest to certain entities owned by employees
Proceeds from issuances of common stock under employee equity incentive plans
Payments on asset financings
Net proceeds from "at the market" equity offering
Net proceeds from equity offering
Net proceeds from private placement investment
Proceeds from Paycheck Protection Program loan

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received
Cash paid during the year for interest

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

Acquisitions of property and equipment and other assets under extended payment terms
Gain on loan extinguishment

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

56

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$

(19,412) $

(26,529)

6,084 
3,648 
1,118 
(768)
(2)
— 
— 
— 
10 

(4,036)
976 
(46)
1,282 
1,537 
452 
(9,157)

(3,475)
250 
— 
— 
(3,225)

29,976 
12,329 
1,282 
(1,195)
320 
— 
— 
— 
42,712 
30,330 
31,257 
61,587  $

376  $
162 

1,229  $
— 

7,853 
3,737 
1,496 
26 
(88)
(796)
(4)
(4)
9 

6,243 
2,956 
3,295 
166 
(2,361)
290 
(3,711)

(2,637)
8,229 
(1,500)
(152)
3,940 

— 
— 
600 
(1,007)
4,429 
12,743 
6,210 
796 
23,771 
24,000 
7,257 
31,257 

397 
217 

1,495 
(796)

$

$

$

 
 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)

Balance as of December 31, 2019
Stock issued under employee equity incentive plans
Equity offering
Private placement investment
"At the market" equity offering
Stock-based compensation expense
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc.
Foreign pension adjustment, net of tax of $10
Balance as of December 31, 2020
Stock issued under employee equity incentive plans
"At the market" equity offering
Stock-based compensation expense
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc.
Foreign pension adjustment, net of tax of $1

Balance as of December 31, 2021

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Accumulated
Deficit

Total
Shareholders'
Equity

38,434,488 
2,061,988 
5,635,000 
3,200,000 
1,747,466 
— 
— 
— 
— 
51,078,942 
2,227,176 
61,018 
— 
— 
— 
— 
53,367,136 

$

436,122 
600 
12,743 
6,210 
4,429 
7,853 
— 
— 
— 
467,957 
1,282 
321 
6,084 
— 
— 
— 
475,644 

$

12 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(3)
— 
38 
47 
— 
— 
— 
(520)
— 
5 
(468)

$

(388,605)
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(26,529)
— 
(415,134)
— 
— 
— 
— 
(19,821)
— 
(434,955)

$

47,529 
600 
12,743 
6,210 
4,429 
7,853 
(3)
(26,529)
38 
52,870 
1,282 
321 
6,084 
(520)
(19,821)
5 
40,221 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

57

 
 
 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1.        BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Nature of Business

Pixelworks is a leading provider of high-performance and power-efficient visual processing solutions that bridge the gap between video content formats
and rapidly advancing display capabilities. We develop and market semiconductor and software solutions that enable consistently high-quality, authentic
viewing experiences in a wide variety of applications from cinema to smartphones. Our primary target markets include Mobile (smartphone, gaming and
tablet), Home Entertainment (TV, personal video recorder ("PVR"), over-the-air ("OTA") and projector), Content (creation, remastering and delivery), and
Business & Education (projector).

As of December 31, 2021, we had an intellectual property portfolio of 335 patents related to the visual display of digital image data. We focus our research
and development efforts on developing video algorithms that improve quality, and architectures that reduce system power, cost, bandwidth and increase
overall system performance and device functionality. We seek to expand our technology portfolio through internal development and co-development with
business partners, and we continually evaluate acquisition opportunities and other ways to leverage our technology into other high-value markets.

Pixelworks  was  founded  in  1997  and  is  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  state  of  Oregon.  On  August  2,  2017,  we  acquired  ViXS  Systems,  Inc.,  a
corporation organized in Canada ("ViXS") ("the Acquisition").

During the third quarter of 2021, we engaged in a strategic plan to re-align our mobile, projector, and video delivery businesses to improve their focus on
the  Asia-centered  customers  and  employee  stakeholders  of  those  businesses.  The  global  center  of  the  mobile,  projector,  and  video  delivery  businesses
continues to be in Asia, and the steps we have taken to date and going forward are intended to improve our ability to access capital, customers, and talent.
We have operated our primary R&D center in Asia for over 15 years and feel that the time is right to take advantage of that existing footprint and develop
our subsidiary, Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (or "PWSH") as a full profit-and-loss center underneath Pixelworks, Inc. for
the mobile, projector, and video delivery businesses. Most of these steps have been completed as of the end of 2021.

This plan will further enable PWSH to seek qualification to file an application for an initial public offering on the Shanghai Stock Exchange’s Science and
Technology Innovation Board, known as the STAR Market (the “Listing”). We believe that the Listing will have many benefits, including improved access
to new capital markets and the funding of its growth worldwide. We presently intend to qualify PWSH to apply for the Listing so that the Listing is
consummated in 2023. The process of going public on the STAR Market includes several periods of review and, therefore, is a lengthy process. There is no
guarantee that PWSH will be approved for a Listing at any point in the future.

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Pixelworks  and  its  subsidiaries.  Intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been
eliminated.  All  foreign  subsidiaries  use  the  U.S.  dollar  as  the  functional  currency,  and  as  a  result,  transaction  gains  and  losses  are  included  in  the
consolidated statements of operations. Transaction (gains) and losses were $(258) and $419 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") requires us to make
estimates and judgments that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Our significant estimates and judgments include
those related to revenue recognition, valuation of excess and obsolete inventory, lives and recoverability of equipment and other long-lived assets, valuation
of goodwill, stock-based compensation and income taxes. The actual results experienced could differ materially from our estimates.

58

NOTE 2.        SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We classify all cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase as cash and cash equivalents. Cash
equivalents,  which  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020  consisted  of  U.S.  denominated  money  market  funds,  totaled  $15,254  and  $23,832  as  of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Marketable Securities

Our investments in marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value based on quoted market
prices with unrealized holding gains or losses, net of tax, included in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of shareholders’ equity. The
cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amount and do not bear interest when recorded or accrue interest when past due. We maintain an allowance
for doubtful accounts for estimated losses that may result from the inability of our customers to make required payments. At the end of each reporting
period,  we  estimate  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  an  account-by-account  risk  analysis  of  outstanding  receivable  balances.  The
determination to write-off specific accounts receivable balances is made based on the likelihood of collection and past due status. Past due status is based
on invoice date and terms specific to each customer.

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods and work-in-process, and are stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-
out basis) or market (net realizable value).

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the assets
which are generally as follows:

Software
Equipment, furniture and fixtures
Tooling
Leasehold improvements

Lesser of 3 years or contractual license term
2 years
2 to 4 years
Lesser of lease term or estimated useful life

The cost of property and equipment repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred.

Licensed Technology

We have capitalized licensed technology assets in other long-term assets. These assets are stated at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the
term of the license or the estimated life of the asset, if the license is not contractually limited, which is generally two to five years.

Useful Lives and Recoverability of Equipment and Other Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate the remaining useful life and recoverability of equipment and other assets, including identifiable intangible assets, whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If there is an indicator of impairment, we prepare an estimate of
future, undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of each asset and its eventual disposition. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value
of the asset, we adjust the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value. We have concluded that the carrying value of our long-lived assets is
recoverable as of December 31, 2021.

59

 
Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized, rather it is tested, at least annually, for impairment at a reporting unit level. Impairment of goodwill is the condition that exists
when the carrying amount of a reporting unit that includes goodwill exceeds its fair value. A goodwill impairment loss is recognized for the amount that the
carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its fair value, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. If
the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired.

We evaluate impairment using the guidance set forth in FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350):
Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment ("ASU 2017-04") which states that an entity may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is
necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If determined to be necessary, the quantitative impairment test shall be used to identify
goodwill impairment and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized. An entity has an unconditional option to bypass the qualitative
assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the quantitative goodwill impairment test. Accordingly, we have elected to bypass
the  qualitative  assessment  and  proceed  directly  to  the  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test.  We  tested  goodwill  for  impairment  under  the  quantitative
goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2021 and concluded that goodwill was not impaired.

Warranty Program

We warrant that our products will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of twelve months from delivery. Warranty repairs are
guaranteed for the remainder of the original warranty period. Our warranty is limited to repairing or replacing products, or refunding the purchase price. At
the  end  of  each  reporting  period,  we  estimate  a  reserve  for  warranty  returns  based  on  historical  experience  and  knowledge  of  any  applicable  events  or
transactions. The reserve for warranty returns is included in accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

Stock-Based Compensation

We currently sponsor a stock incentive plan that allows for issuance of employee stock options and restricted stock awards, including restricted stock units.
We also have an employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. The fair value of share-based payment awards is expensed straight-line over the
requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, for the entire award. Additionally, any modification of an award that increases its fair value
will require us to recognize additional expense.

The fair value of our stock option grants and purchase rights under our employee stock purchase plan are estimated as of the grant date using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model which is affected by our estimates of the risk free interest rate, our expected dividend yield, expected term and the expected
share price volatility of our common shares over the expected term. The fair value of our restricted stock awards are based on the market value of our stock
on the date of grant.

Research and Development

Costs associated with research and development activities are expensed as incurred, except for items with alternate future uses which are capitalized and
depreciated over their estimated useful lives.

On  occasion,  we  enter  into  co-development  arrangements  with  current  or  prospective  customers  to  defray  a  portion  of  the  research  and  development
expenses we expect to incur in connection with our development of an IC product. As amounts become due and payable, they are offset against research
and development expense on a pro-rata basis.

Income Taxes

We  account  for  income  taxes  under  the  asset  and  liability  method.  This  approach  requires  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  The  effect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that
includes the enactment date. We establish a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets if it is "more likely than not" that a portion or all of the asset
will not be realized in future tax returns.

An uncertain tax position represents treatment of a tax position taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return, that has not been
reflected  in  measuring  income  tax  expense  for  financial  reporting  purposes.  Until  these  positions  are  sustained  by  the  taxing  authorities,  we  do  not
recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions and report the tax effects for uncertain tax positions in our consolidated balance sheets.

60

Risks and Uncertainties

Concentration of Suppliers

We do not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility and do not have the resources to manufacture our products internally. We rely on a limited
number of foundries and assembly and test vendors to produce all of our wafers and for completion of finished products. We do not have any long-term
agreements with any of these suppliers. In light of these dependencies, it is reasonably possible that failure to perform by one of these suppliers could have
a severe impact on our results of operations. Additionally, the concentration of these vendors within Taiwan and the People’s Republic of China increases
our risk of supply disruption due to natural disasters, economic instability, political unrest or other regional disturbances.

Risk of Technological Change

The markets in which we compete, or seek to compete, are subject to rapid technological change, frequent new product introductions, changing customer
requirements  for  new  products  and  features,  and  evolving  industry  standards.  The  introduction  of  new  technologies  and  the  emergence  of  new  industry
standards could render our products less desirable or obsolete, which could harm our business.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We limit our exposure
to credit risk associated with cash equivalent balances by holding our funds in high quality, highly liquid money market accounts. We limit our exposure to
credit risk associated with accounts receivable by carefully evaluating creditworthiness before offering terms to customers.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for
Income Taxes ("ASU 2019-12"). ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 740 and
also clarifies and amends existing guidance to provide for more consistent application. ASU 2019-12 became effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal
2021, and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2019-12 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and
cash flows.

In November 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-18, Collaborative Arrangements: Clarifying the Interaction Between Topic
808  and  Topic  606  ("ASU  2018-18").  ASU  2018-18  requires  transactions  in  collaborative  arrangements  to  be  accounted  for  under  ASC  606  if  the
counterparty is a customer for a good or service (or bundle of goods and services) that is a distinct unit of account. The amendment also precludes entities
from presenting consideration from transactions with a collaborator that is not a customer together with revenue recognized from contracts with customers.
ASU 2018-18 became effective for us on January 1, 2020. The adoption of ASU 2018-18 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of
operations and cash flows.

61

NOTE 3.        BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable consists of the following:

Accounts receivable, gross
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable, net

The following is a summary of the change in our allowance for doubtful accounts:

Balance at beginning of year
Additions charged (reductions credited)
Balance at end of year

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

Finished goods
Work-in-process
Inventories

December 31,

2021

2020

8,744  $
(36)
8,708  $

4,713 
(41)
4,672 

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

41  $
(5)
36  $

23 
18 
41 

December 31,

2021

2020

461  $

1,008 
1,469  $

1,775 
670 
2,445 

$

$

$

$

$

$

We recorded inventory write-downs of $488 and $95 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The inventory write-downs were for
lower of cost or net realizable value and excess and obsolescence exposure. The inventory write-downs were offset by sales of previously written-down
inventory of $9 and $29 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of current prepaid expenses, deposits, income taxes receivable and other receivables.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consists of the following:

Equipment, furniture and fixtures
Tooling
Software
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

9,463  $
5,749 
5,230 
1,375 
21,817 
(16,161)

5,656  $

8,889 
6,298 
5,711 
1,393 
22,291 
(17,188)
5,103 

Software amortization was $1,214 and $1,174 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for
equipment, furniture, fixtures, tooling and leasehold improvements was $2,281 and $2,227 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Other Assets, Net

Other  assets  consist  primarily  of  deposits,  deferred  tax  assets  and  licensed  technology.  Amortization  of  licensed  technology  was  $153  and  $336  for  the
years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Acquired Intangible Assets, Net

In connection with the Acquisition, we recorded certain identifiable intangible assets. Acquired intangible assets resulting from this transaction consist of
the following:

Developed technology
Customer relationships
Backlog and tradename

Less: accumulated amortization

Acquired intangible assets, net

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

5,050  $
1,270 
410 
6,730 
(6,640)

90  $

5,050 
1,270 
410 
6,730 
(5,523)
1,207 

Intangible assets are amortized over the following estimated useful lives: developed technology and customer relationships, 3 to 5 years; tradename and
backlog, 6 to 18 months. Backlog was fully amortized as of December 31, 2018 and tradename was fully amortized as of December 31, 2019.

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $1,118 for the year ended December 31, 2021, with $899 included in cost of revenue and $219 included in
selling,  general  and  administrative  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  future  estimated  amortization  expense  is  as
follows:

Year ending December 31, 2022

$

90 

Acquired  intangible  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be
recoverable. Conditions that would trigger an impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, past, current, or expected cash flow or operating losses
associated with the asset. There were no such triggering events requiring an impairment assessment of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2021.

63

 
 
Goodwill

Goodwill  resulted  from  the  Acquisition,  whereby  we  recorded  goodwill  of  $18,407.  See  Note  2:  "Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies"  for
information on our assessment of goodwill impairment.

Accrued Liabilities and Current Portion of Long-Term Liabilities

Accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities consist of the following:

Accrued payroll and related liabilities
Operating lease liability, current
Deferred research and development reimbursement
Current portion of accrued liabilities for asset financings
Accrued interest payable
Accrued commissions and royalties
Deferred revenue
Accrued costs related to restructuring
Other

Accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities

The following is a summary of the change in deferred revenue:

Deferred revenue:

Balance at beginning of period
Revenue recognized
Revenue deferred
Balance at end of period

Short-Term Line of Credit

December 31,

2021

2020

3,490  $
2,439 
1,838 
1,077 
361 
259 
50 
— 
4,049 
13,563  $

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

179  $

(1,127)
998 
50  $

2,867 
2,039 
— 
786 
429 
474 
179 
630 
2,048 
9,452 

146 
(902)
935 
179 

$

$

$

$

On December 21, 2010, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (the "Bank"), which was amended over time, including
as recently as December 14, 2020 (as amended, the "Revolving Loan Agreement"). The Revolving Loan Agreement provided a secured working capital-
based revolving line of credit (the "Revolving Line") in an aggregate amount of up to the lesser of (i) $10,000, or (ii) $2,500 plus 80% of eligible domestic
accounts receivable and certain foreign accounts receivable. The Revolving Line had a maturity date of March 26, 2021. In addition, the Revolving Loan
Agreement  provided  for  non-formula  advances  of  up  to  $10,000  which  could  be  made  solely  during  the  last  five  business  days  of  any  fiscal  month  or
quarter and which were required to be repaid by the Company on or before the fifth business day after the applicable fiscal month or quarter end.

The  Revolving  Loan  Agreement,  as  amended,  contained  customary  affirmative  and  negative  covenants  as  well  as  customary  events  of  default.  The
occurrence  of  an  event  of  default  could  have  resulted  in  the  acceleration  of  our  obligations  under  the  Revolving  Loan  Agreement,  as  amended,  and  an
increase to the applicable interest rate, and would have permitted the Bank to exercise remedies with respect to its security interest. The Revolving Line had
a maturity date of March 26, 2021. We did not renew the Revolving Loan Agreement upon its maturity.

As of December 31, 2020, we had no outstanding borrowings on the Revolving Line. 

Paycheck Protection Program Loan

On April 25, 2020, we entered into a loan with Silicon Valley Bank as the lender in an aggregate principal amount of $796 (the “Loan”) pursuant to the
Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”) under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”).

The Loan was evidenced by a promissory note (the “Note”) dated April 25, 2020, and matured 2 years from the disbursement date. The Note bore interest
at a rate of 1.000% per annum, with the first six months of interest deferred. Principal and interest

64

 
 
 
 
were  payable  monthly  commencing  6  months  after  the  disbursement  date  and  could  be  prepaid  by  the  Company  at  any  time  prior  to  maturity  with  no
prepayment penalties. The Note contained customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults or breaches of the terms of the
Note. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the Lender could require immediate repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Note.

Under the terms of the CARES Act, PPP loan recipients can apply for and be granted forgiveness for all or a portion of loans granted under the PPP. The
Loan is subject to forgiveness to the extent proceeds are used for payroll costs, including payments required to continue group health care benefits, and
certain rent, utility, and mortgage interest expenses (collectively, “Qualifying Expenses”), pursuant to the terms and limitations of the PPP. We used the
Loan amount for Qualifying Expenses. During the fourth quarter of 2020, we applied for and received full forgiveness and recorded a gain of $796 within
other income in our consolidated statements of operations.

NOTE 4.     MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Marketable Securities

We had no marketable securities as of December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, all of our marketable securities were classified as available-for-sale,
had contractual maturities of one year or less and consisted of the following:

Short-term marketable securities:
As of December 31, 2020:

Corporate debt securities

Cost

Unrealized Gain
(Loss)

Fair Value

$
$

253 
253 

$
$

(3)
(3)

$
$

250 
250 

Unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of shareholders’ equity, in the consolidated
balance sheets.

65

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at
the measurement date. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1:

Level 2:

Level 3:

Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Valuations based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or
indirectly.

Valuations based on unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop
its own assumptions.

The following table presents information about our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated balance sheets as of
December 31, 2021 and 2020: 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

As of December 31, 2021:
Assets:

Cash equivalents:

Money market funds

As of December 31, 2020:
Assets:

Cash equivalents:

Money market funds

Short-term marketable securities:

Corporate debt securities

$

$

15,254  $

—  $

—  $

15,254 

23,832  $

—  $

— 

250 

— 

— 

23,832 

250 

We primarily use the market approach to determine the fair value of our financial instruments. The fair value of our current assets and liabilities, including
accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates the carrying value due to the short-term nature of these balances. We have currently chosen not to
elect the fair value option for any items that are not already required to be measured at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

66

NOTE 5.     RESTRUCTURINGS

In August 2020, we executed a restructuring plan to make the operation of the Company more efficient (the "August 2020 Plan"). The August 2020 Plan
included an approximately 14% reduction in workforce, primarily in the areas of operations, research and development, sales and marketing.

In January 2020, we executed a restructuring plan to make the operation of the Company more efficient (the "January 2020 Plan"). The January 2020 Plan
included an approximately4% reduction in workforce, primarily in the areas of research and development and sales.

Total restructuring expense included in our statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 is comprised of the following:

Cost of revenue — restructuring:

Employee severance and benefits

Operating expenses — restructuring:
Employee severance and benefits

Total restructuring expense

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

$

—  $
— 

—  $
— 
—  $

173 
173 

2,041 
2,041 
2,214 

The following is a rollforward of the accrued liabilities related to restructuring for the year ended December 31, 2021:

Employee severance and benefits

Accrued costs related to restructuring

NOTE 6.     LEASES

Balance as of December
31, 2020

$
$

630  $
630  $

Expensed

Payments

Balance as of December
31, 2021

—  $
—  $

(630) $
(630) $

— 
— 

We  determine  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception.  Operating  leases  are  included  in  operating  lease  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets,  other  current
liabilities, and operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising
from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the
lease  term.  As  most  of  our  leases  do  not  provide  an  implicit  rate,  we  use  our  incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  the  information  available  at
commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Operating lease ROU assets also exclude lease incentives received. For purposes
of calculating operating lease liabilities, lease terms may be deemed to include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the
Company will exercise that option.

We have operating leases for office buildings and one vehicle. Our leases have remaining lease terms of 1 year to 6 years. Supplemental information related
to lease expense and valuation of the ROU assets and lease liabilities was as follows:

Operating lease cost
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows from operating leases

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)
Weighted average discount rate

67

Year Ended
December 31, 2021

Year Ended
December 31, 2020

$

2,622 

$

2,809 
629 

2.95
4.96 %

2,721 

2,816 
3,535 

3.76
4.99 %

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2021 were as follows:

Operating Lease Payments
Years ending December 31:
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total operating lease payments
Less imputed interest

Total operating lease liabilities

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no operating lease liabilities that had not commenced.

68

$

$

2,652 
1,376 
877 
364 
364 
91 
5,724 
(432)
5,292 

NOTE 7.     REVENUE

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised good or service is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect
to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Our principal revenue generating activities consist of the following:

Product  Sales  -  We  sell  integrated  circuit  products,  also  known  as  “chips”  or  “ICs”,  based  upon  a  customer  purchase  order,  which
includes a fixed price per unit. We have elected to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the
goods,  and  not  evaluate  whether  these  activities  are  promised  services  to  the  customer.  We  generally  satisfy  our  single  performance
obligation upon shipment of the goods to the customer and recognize revenue at a point in time upon shipment of the underlying product.

Our shipments are subject to limited return rights subject to our limited warranty for our products sold. In addition, we may provide other
credits to certain customers pursuant to price protection and stock rotation rights, all of which are considered variable consideration when
estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. We use the “most likely amount” method to determine the amount of consideration to
which we are entitled. Our estimate of variable consideration is reassessed at the end of each reporting period based on changes in facts
and circumstances. Historically, returns and credits have not been material.

Engineering  Services  -  We  enter  into  contracts  for  professional  engineering  services  that  include  software  development  and
customization. We identify each performance obligation in our engineering services agreements (“ESAs”) at contract inception. The ESA
generally includes project deliverables specified by the customer. The performance obligations in the ESA are generally combined into
one deliverable, with the pricing for services stated at a fixed amount. Services provided under the ESA generally result in the transfer of
control  over  time.  We  recognize  revenue  on  ESAs  based  on  the  proportion  of  labor  hours  expended  to  the  total  hours  expected  to
complete  the  contract  performance  obligation.  ESAs  could  include  substantive  customer  acceptance  provisions.  In  ESAs  that  include
substantive customer acceptance provisions, we recognize revenue upon customer acceptance.

License Revenue - On occasion, we derive revenue from the license of our internally developed intellectual property ("IP"). Additionally,
for  certain  IP  license  agreements,  royalties  are  collected  as  customers  sell  their  own  products  that  incorporate  our  IP.  IP  licensing
agreements  that  we  enter  into  generally  provide  licensees  the  right  to  incorporate  our  IP  components  in  their  products  with  terms  and
conditions that vary by licensee. Fees under these agreements generally include license fees or royalty fees relating to our IP and support
service fees, resulting in two performance obligations. We evaluate each performance obligation, which generally results in the transfer of
control at a point in time for the license fee and over time for support services. Royalties are recognized as revenue is earned, generally
when the customer sells its products that incorporate our IP.

Other  -  From  time-to-time,  we  enter  into  arrangements  for  other  revenue  generating  activities,  such  as  providing  technical  support
services to customers through technical support agreements. In each circumstance, we evaluate such arrangements for our performance
obligations which generally results in the transfer of control for such services over time. Historically, such arrangements have not been
material to our operating results.

The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue based on the preceding categories for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

IC sales
Engineering services, license and other

Total revenues

Year ended December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

50,807  $
4,295 
55,102  $

39,205 
1,650 
40,855 

For segment information, including revenue by geographic region, see "Note 14. Segment Information".

Our  contract  balances  include  accounts  receivable,  deferred  revenue  and  our  liability  for  warranty  returns.  For  information  concerning  these  contract
balances, see "Note 3. Balance Sheet Components".

Payment terms and conditions for goods and services provided vary by contract; however, payment is generally required within 30 to 60 days of invoicing.

69

We have not identified any material costs incurred associated with obtaining a contract with a customer which would meet the criteria to be capitalized,
therefore, these costs are expensed as incurred.

The aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations with an original expected duration of greater than one year
is $30, which we expect to recognize ratably over the next 3 months.

NOTE 8.     INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER, NET

Interest income and other, consists of the following:

Other income
Interest income
Interest expense

Total interest income and other, net

NOTE 9.     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

246  $
211 
— 
457  $

161 
87 
(239)
9 

$

$

During  the  third  quarter  of  2021,  we  entered  into  a  best-efforts  co-development  agreement  with  a  customer  to  defray  a  portion  of  the  research  and
development expenses we expect to incur in connection with our development of an integrated circuit product. We expect our development costs to exceed
the amounts received from the customer, and although we expect to sell units of the product to the customer, there is no commitment or agreement from the
customer for such sales at this time. Additionally, we retain ownership of any modifications or improvements to our pre-existing intellectual property and
may use such improvements in products sold to other customers.

Under the co-development agreement, $5,800 was payable by the customer within 60 days of the date of the agreement and three additional payments of
$2,200,  $1,300  and  $1,300  are  each  payable  upon  completion  of  certain  development  milestones.  As  amounts  become  due  and  payable,  they  are  offset
against  research  and  development  expense  on  a  pro  rata  basis.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  we  recognized  an  offset  to  research  and
development expense of $3,962.

NOTE 10.        INCOME TAXES

Current and Deferred Income Tax Expense

Domestic and foreign pre-tax loss is as follows:

Domestic
Foreign

Domestic and foreign pre-tax loss

Income tax expense attributable to operations is comprised of the following: 

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total current

Deferred:

Foreign

Total deferred
Income tax expense (benefit)

70

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

(10,967) $
(8,578)
(19,545) $

(25,590)
(341)
(25,931)

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

(27) $
19 
643 
635 

(768)
(768)
(133) $

(74)
3 
643 
572 

26 
26 
598 

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to our effective income tax rate is as follows: 

Federal statutory rate
Corporate restructuring
Change in valuation allowance
Expiration of tax attributes
Tax contingencies, net of reversals
Impact of foreign earnings
Permanent items
Research and development credits
Stock-based compensation
Other

Effective income tax rate

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

21 %
(38)
24 
(6)
(5)
3 
4 
2 
(1)
(3)
1 %

21 %
— 
— 
(14)
— 
(7)
(1)
1 
(2)
— 
(2)%

Deferred Tax Assets, Liabilities and Valuation Allowance

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: 

Deferred tax assets:

Research and experimentation credit and deduction carryforwards
Net operating loss carryforwards
Depreciation and amortization
Deferred stock-based compensation
Reserves and accrued expenses
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
Other

Total gross deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Other

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

Less valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

December 31,

2021

2020

$

62,771  $
45,985 
5,664 
994 
992 
208 
1,451 
118,065 

(812)
(812)
(116,372)

$

881  $

65,772 
50,917 
2,282 
1,158 
145 
275 
2,074 
122,623 

(1,526)
(1,526)
(120,981)
116 

We continue to record a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, as it is not more likely than not
that we will realize a benefit from these assets in a future period. In the third quarter of 2021, we recorded a valuation allowance against our net deferred
tax  assets  in  China  in  conjunction  with  the  restructuring  of  our  intercompany  agreements  and  intellectual  property.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021,  we
recognized $558 of our Canadian net deferred tax assets as we are more likely than not to realize a benefit from these assets in a future period. We have not
provided a valuation allowance against our other foreign net deferred tax assets as we have concluded it is more likely than not that we will realize a benefit
from these assets in a future period because our subsidiaries in these jurisdictions are cost-plus taxpayers. The net valuation allowance decreased $4,609 for
the year ended December 31, 2021 and decreased $24 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 2021, we had federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $166,448, $6,756 and $39,450 respectively, which will
begin to expire in 2022 with $31,705 of our federal net operating loss carryforward lasting indefinitely. As of December 31, 2021, we had available federal,
state and foreign research and experimentation tax credit carryforwards of $7,823, $4,993, and $24,252 respectively. The federal and state tax credits will
begin  expiring  in  2022  while  the  foreign  credits  have  an  indefinite  life.  In  addition,  our  Canadian  subsidiary  has  unclaimed  scientific  and  experimental
expenditures to be

71

 
 
 
 
carried forward and applied against future income in Canada of approximately $120,906. We have a general foreign tax credit of $118 which will begin to
expire in 2022.

Our ability to utilize our federal net operating losses may be limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which imposes an
annual limit on the ability of a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" to use its net operating loss carryforwards to reduce its tax liability. An
ownership change is generally defined as a greater than 50% increase in equity ownership by 5% shareholders in any three-year period.

We are not indefinitely reinvested in the earnings of our subsidiaries in Canada, Japan and Taiwan and have accrued tax on the future repatriation of cash
for jurisdictions where withholding taxes would apply. We are no longer indefinitely reinvested in our China subsidiary and have reversed our previous
accrual of $620 as a result of changes to our operating plan and implementation of our China intellectual property strategy.

Uncertain Tax Positions

We have recorded tax liabilities to address potential exposures involving positions that could be challenged by taxing authorities. As of December 31, 2021,
the amount of our uncertain tax positions was a liability of $2,493 and a reduction to deferred tax assets of $1,254. As of December 31, 2020, the amount of
our uncertain tax positions was a liability of $1,610 and a reduction to deferred tax assets of $1,189.

The following is a summary of the change in our liability for uncertain tax positions and interest and penalties: 

Uncertain tax positions:

Balance at beginning of year
Accrual for positions taken in a prior year
Accrual for positions taken in current year
Reversals due to lapse of statute of limitations
Balance at end of year

Interest and penalties:

Balance at beginning of year
Accrual for positions taken in prior year
Accrual for positions taken in current year
Reversals due to lapse of statute of limitations
Balance at end of year

2021

2020

$

$

$

$

2,711  $
825 
121 
(11)
3,646  $

88  $
16 
— 
(3)
101  $

2,569 
24 
192 
(74)
2,711 

85 
18 
— 
(15)
88 

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020  we  recognized  $16  and  $18,  respectively,  of  interest  and  penalties  in  income  tax  expense  in  our
consolidated statements of operations.

We  file  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  and  various  foreign  jurisdictions.  A  number  of  years  may  elapse  before  an  uncertain  tax  position  is  resolved  by
settlement or statute of limitations. Settlement of any particular position could require the use of cash. If the uncertain tax positions we have accrued for are
sustained  by  the  taxing  authorities  in  our  favor,  the  reduction  of  the  liability  will  reduce  our  effective  tax  rate.  We  reasonably  expect  reductions  in  the
liability for unrecognized tax benefits and interest and penalties of approximately $97 within the next twelve months due to the expiration of statutes of
limitation in federal, state and foreign jurisdictions.

We are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and foreign examinations for years before 2018, 2017 and 2014, respectively. Our net operating loss and tax
credit carryforwards from all years may be subject to adjustment for three years following the year in which utilized. We do not anticipate that any potential
tax adjustments will have a significant impact on our financial position or results of operations.

We were not subject to, nor have we received any notice of, income tax examinations in any jurisdiction as of December 31, 2021.

72

NOTE 11.        COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Royalties

We license technology from third parties and have agreed to pay certain suppliers a royalty based on the number of chips sold or manufactured, the net
sales price of the chips containing the licensed technology or a fixed non-cancelable fee. Royalty expense is recognized based on our estimated average unit
cost for royalty contracts with non-cancelable prepayments and the stated contractual per unit rate for all other agreements. Royalty expense was $225 and
$242 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which is included in cost of revenue in our consolidated statements of operations.

401(k) Plan

We sponsor a 401(k) plan for eligible employees. Participants may defer a percentage of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis, not to exceed the
dollar limit that is set by law. A discretionary matching contribution by the Company is allowed and is equal to a uniform percentage of the amount of
salary  reduction  elected  to  be  deferred,  which  percentage  will  be  determined  each  year  by  the  Company.  We  made  contributions  of  $55  and  $48  to  the
401(k) plan during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Software licenses

We acquire rights to use certain software engineer design tools under software licenses.

As of December 31, 2021, future minimum payments under non-cancelable software licenses are as follows: 

Year Ending December 31,

2022
2023

Less: Interest component
Present value of minimum software license payments
Less: Current portion
Long-term portion of obligations

Other Contractual Obligation

Software licenses

1,133 
365 
1,498 
(65)
1,433 
(1,077)
356 

$

$

As  part  of  the  Acquisition,  we  acquired  debt  associated  with  an  agreement  with  the  Government  of  Canada  called  Technology  Partnerships  Canada
("TPC"). As part of the TPC agreement, ViXS Systems Inc. was provided funding to assist in research and development expenses of which a portion was
later required to be repaid because the conditions for repayment were met. The scheduled payments are made on a quarterly basis and end in January 2024.
$504 and $499 are included in accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 and
2020, respectively. $57 and $268 are included in long-term liabilities, net of current portion in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021
and 2020, respectively.

Contract Manufacturers

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  commit  to  purchase  products  from  our  contract  manufacturers  to  be  delivered  within  the  next  90  days.  In  certain
situations, should we cancel an order, we could be required to pay cancellation fees. Such obligations could impact our immediate results of operations but
would not materially affect our business.

Indemnifications

Certain of our agreements include limited indemnification provisions for claims from third-parties relating to our intellectual property. It is not possible for
us to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments or indemnification costs under these or similar agreements due to the conditional nature of
our obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. We have not made any payments under these agreements in
the past, and as of December 31, 2021, we have not incurred any material liabilities arising from these indemnification obligations. In the future, however,
such obligations could immediately impact our results of operations but are not expected to materially affect our business.

73

Legal Proceedings

We  are  subject  to  legal  matters  that  arise  from  time  to  time  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business.  Although  we  currently  believe  that  resolving  such
matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, our results of operations, or our cash flows, these
matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and our view of these matters may change in the future.

NOTE 12.        EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share amounts are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted weighted average shares
outstanding include the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period.

The following schedule reconciles the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

Net loss

Less: Net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest
Less: Net income attributable to certain entities owned by employees
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks Inc. - for purposes of earnings per share calculation

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc. per share - basic and diluted

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

(19,412) $

(409)
(198)
(20,019) $

52,509 

(0.38) $

(26,529)

— 
— 
(26,529)

40,712 
(0.65)

$

$

$

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share was computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
for  the  period.  The  numerator  adjustments  include  an  allocation  of  PWSH  income  to  the  redeemable  non-controlling  interests  and  the  employee  owned
entities.  The  equity  interest  associated  with  the  employee-owned  entities  are  considered  participating  securities  at  PWSH  and  will  be  allocated  income,
however,  they  are  not  required  to  fund  losses,  and  therefore,  no  allocations  of  losses  will  be  made  to  the  employee  owned  entities  in  periods  of  loss  at
PWSH. Potentially dilutive common shares from employee equity incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed
exercise  of  outstanding  stock  options,  the  assumed  vesting  of  outstanding  restricted  stock  units,  and  the  assumed  issuance  of  common  stock  under  the
employee stock purchase plan.

The following shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

Employee equity incentive plans

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

3,832 

4,148 

Potentially dilutive common shares from employee equity incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of
outstanding stock options, the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units, and the assumed issuance of common stock under the employee stock
purchase plan.

74

 
 
 
 
NOTE 13.        SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. The Board of Directors is authorized to fix
or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to, or imposed on, each series of preferred stock. There were no shares of preferred stock
issued as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Common Stock

The  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  250,000,000  shares  of  common  stock  with  a  par  value  of  $0.001  per  share.  Shareholders  of  common  stock  have
unlimited voting rights and are entitled to receive the net assets of the Company upon dissolution, subject to the rights of the preferred shareholders, if any.

Equity Offering

On December 14, 2020, we completed the sale of 4,900,000 shares of common stock in an underwritten registered offering. On December 16, 2020, an
additional 735,000 shares were issued pursuant to the 30-day over-allotment option exercised by the underwriter. With the over-allotment shares, a total of
5,635,000  shares  of  common  stock  were  sold  in  the  offering  at  a  price  to  the  public  of  $2.45  per  share.  Net  proceeds  to  the  Company,  after  deducting
underwriting discounts, commissions, and other expenses, were approximately $12,743.

Private Placement Investment

On December 7, 2020, we completed a private placement of 724,288 shares of common stock to a certain accredited investor at a purchase price of $2.071
per share. On December 15, 2020, we completed a private placement of 2,475,712 shares of common stock to a certain accredited investor at a purchase
price of $2.071. Net proceeds to the Company, after deducting commissions and other expenses, were approximately $6,210.

At the Market Offering

On June 5, 2020, we entered into a sales agreement (the "Sales Agreement") with Cowen and Company, LLC ("Cowen"), pursuant to which we may issue
and  sell  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock,  par  value  $0.001  per  share,  having  an  aggregate  offering  price  of  up  to  $25,000,  from  time  to  time,
through an "at the market" equity offering program under which Cowen will act as sales agent. Under the Sales Agreement, Cowen may sell the shares by
methods deemed to be an "at the market offering" as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including sales
made by means of ordinary brokers’ transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market or on any other existing trading market for the common stock or otherwise
at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, in block transactions, or as otherwise directed by the Company. We pay Cowen a commission equal to three
percent (3.0%) of the gross sales proceeds of any common stock sold through Cowen under the Sales Agreement. The Sales Agreement may be terminated
by  us  upon  prior  notice  to  Cowen  or  by  Cowen  upon  prior  notice  to  us,  or  at  any  time  under  certain  circumstances,  including  but  not  limited  to  the
occurrence of a material adverse change in the Company. We are not obligated to sell any shares under the Sales Agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold an aggregate of 1,747,466 shares of our common stock under this at the market offering, resulting in
aggregate net proceeds to us of approximately $4,429.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  we  sold  an  aggregate  of  61,018  shares  of  our  common  stock  under  this  at  the  market  offering,  resulting  in
aggregate net proceeds to us of approximately $321.

Employee Equity Incentive Plans

On May 23, 2006, our shareholders approved the adoption of the Pixelworks, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan"). The 2006 Plan has since
been  amended  and  restated  on  certain  occasions,  most  recently  on  May  10,  2021  when  our  shareholders  approved  an  increase  to  the  total  number  of
authorized shares to 22,683,333 shares. As of December 31, 2021, 2,105,497 shares were available for grant under the 2006 Plan.

Stock Options

The contractual life of newly issued stock option awards is six years. Our new hire vesting schedule provides that each option becomes exercisable at a rate
of 25% on the first anniversary date of the grant and 2.083% on the last day of every month thereafter for a total of 36 additional increments. Our merit
vesting schedule provides that merit-type awards become exercisable monthly over a period of three years.

75

The following is a summary of stock option activity: 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2020:
Granted
Exercised
Canceled and forfeited
Expired
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2021:

Number of
shares

Weighted
average
exercise
price

719,067  $
— 
(352,375)
(500)
(11,583)
354,609  $

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding as of December 31, 2021:

Range of exercise prices

$2.00 - $2.00
2.46 - 2.46
2.79- 6.05
$2.00 - $6.05

Number
outstanding as of
December 31,
2021

Options Outstanding
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life

Options Exercisable

Weighted
average
exercise
price

Number
exercisable as of
December 31,
2021

Weighted
average
exercise
price

237,500 
109,109 
8,000 
354,609 

4.79 $
1.67
2.08

3.77 $

2.00 
3.40 
6.05 

2.52 

159,500  $
97,521 
7,667 
264,688  $

2.53 
— 
2.47 
4.56 
4.51 

2.52 

2.00 
3.33 
6.05 

2.61 

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 the total intrinsic value of options exercised was $445 and $28, respectively, for which no income tax
benefit  has  been  recorded  because  a  full  valuation  allowance  has  been  provided  for  our  U.S.  deferred  tax  assets.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  options
outstanding had a total intrinsic value of $684.

Options outstanding that have vested and are expected to vest as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:

Vested
Expected to vest
Total

Restricted Stock

Number of
shares

264,688  $
88,517 
353,205  $

Weighted
average
exercise
price

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term

2.61 
2.26 

2.52 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

491 
190 
681 

3.48 $
4.64
3.77 $

The  2006  Plan  provides  for  the  issuance  of  restricted  stock,  including  restricted  stock  units.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020  we
granted  2,123,844  and  2,137,317  shares,  respectively,  of  restricted  stock  with  a  weighted  average  grant  date  fair  value  of  $3.70  and  $3.42  per  share,
respectively.

The following is a summary of restricted stock activity:

Unvested at December 31, 2020:
Granted
Vested
Canceled

Unvested at December 31, 2021:
Expected to vest after December 31, 2021

76

Number of
shares

Weighted average grant
date fair value

3,176,605  $
2,123,844 
(1,715,624)
(268,790)
3,316,035  $

3,090,192  $

3.68 
3.70 
3.67 
3.84 
3.69 

3.68 

 
Employee Stock Purchase Plans

On May 18, 2010, our shareholders approved the adoption of the 2010 Pixelworks, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP") for U.S. employees
and for certain foreign subsidiary employees. The ESPP provides for separate offering periods commencing on February 1 and August 1, with the first
offering  period  beginning  August  1,  2010.  Each  offering  period  continues  for  a  period  of  18  months  with  purchases  every  six  months.  Each  eligible
employee may purchase up to 3,000 shares of stock on each purchase date, with a maximum annual purchase amount of $25. The purchase price is equal to
85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the shares on the offering date or on the purchase date. On May 15, 2020 the ESPP was amended when our
shareholders approved an increase to the total number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance to 3,300,000. During the years ended December 31,
2021 and 2020, we issued 159,177 and 202,019 shares, respectively for proceeds of $411 and $529, respectively, under the ESPP.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The  fair  value  of  stock-based  compensation  was  determined  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  and  the  following  weighted  average
assumptions:

Stock Option Plans:

Risk free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected term (in years)
Volatility

Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

Risk free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected term (in years)
Volatility

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

0 %
0 %
0
0 %

0.12 %
0 %
1.17
75 %

2.00 %
0 %
3.75
64 %

0.79 %
0 %
1.05
65 %

There  were  no  options  granted  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021.  The  weighted  average  fair  value  of  options  granted  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2020 was $0.93. The risk free interest rate is estimated using an average of treasury bill interest rates. The expected dividend yield is zero as
we have not paid any dividends to date and do not expect to pay dividends in the future. Expected volatility is estimated based on the historical volatility of
our common stock over the expected term as this represents our best estimate of future volatility. The contractual life of newly issued stock options is six
years, and we have elected to use the "simplified method" to estimate expected term. Under the simplified method, an option's expected term is calculated
as the average of its vesting period and original contractual life. The expected term of ESPP purchase rights is based on the estimated weighted average
time to purchase.

As of December 31, 2021, unrecognized stock-based compensation expense is $5,560, which is expected to be recognized as stock-based compensation
expense over a weighted average period of 1.12 years.

77

NOTE 14.        SEGMENT INFORMATION

We  have  identified  a  single  operating  segment:  the  design  and  development  of  ICs  for  use  in  electronic  display  devices.  The  majority  of  our  assets  are
located in the United States and China.

Geographic Information

Revenue by geographic region, was as follows:

Japan
China
Taiwan
U.S.
Europe
Korea

Significant Customers

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

27,001  $
23,977 
2,142 
1,624 
242 
116 
55,102  $

26,554 
8,935 
1,668 
3,057 
333 
308 
40,855 

The percentage of revenue attributable to our distributors, top five end customers, and individual distributors or end customers that represented more than
10% of revenue in at least one of the periods presented, is as follows:

Distributors:

All distributors
Distributor A
Distributor B

1
End Customers: 

Top five end customers
End customer A
End customer B

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

56 %
27 %
13 %

76 %
35 %
22 %

1
 End customers include customers who purchase directly from us, as well as customers who purchase our products indirectly through distributors.

Each of the following accounts represented 10% or more of total accounts receivable in at least one of the periods presented:

Account X
Account Y
Account Z

December 31,

2021

2020

41 %
27 %
15 %

78

49 %
7 %
23 %

58 %
40 %
5 %

39 %
20 %
7 %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 15.     REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST AND EQUITY INTEREST OF PWSH SOLD TO EMPLOYEES

During the third quarter of 2021, Pixelworks, Inc. and our subsidiary, PWSH, entered into a Capital Increase Agreement with certain private equity and
strategic investors based in China (collectively, the “Investors”) and certain entities which collectively are owned by approximately 75% of the employees
of PWSH and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ESOP”). The ESOP entities do not qualify as Employee Share Ownership Programs under IRC 4975(e)(7),
but function as a qualified ESOP and hold an equity ownership in trust for employees.

The Investors invested approximately $30,844 in exchange for a redeemable non-controlling equity interest of 10.45% of PWSH. The Investors will have a
liquidation preference in PWSH, a right to co-sell their interest in PWSH along with the Company on the same terms and conditions as the Company, a
right to participate on a pro rata basis in any future financing rounds of PWSH, and the Company’s agreement while it remains an owner of PWSH and for
two (2) years thereafter to not compete with the business of PWSH, nor solicit or otherwise cause any of PWSH’s core employees or customers to end their
relationship with PWSH. These rights all expire upon initial public offering on the STAR Market. Each Investor has the right to require PWSH to redeem
the entire equity interest held by such Investor, at the original purchase price paid plus 3% annual interest, if PWSH does not consummate an initial public
offering on the STAR Market on or before June 30, 2024. Based on this contingency, the initial carrying amount of the redeemable non-controlling interests
was recorded at fair value on the date of issuance of PWSH equity interests, net of issuance costs and presented in temporary equity on the condensed
consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  Company  has  elected  to  accrete  changes  in  the  redemption  value  of  the  redeemable  non-controlling  interests  from  the
issuance  date  through  the  earliest  redemption  date  of  June  30,  2024  using  the  interest  method.  Because  the  redeemable  non-controlling  interest  is
denominated in RMB, it will be revalued to USD at the end of each reporting period, with the changes in carrying value attributable to foreign currency
being reflected within accumulated other comprehensive loss on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The  ESOP  entities  invested  approximately  $12,329  in  exchange  for  a  redeemable  non-controlling  equity  interest  representing  5.95%  of  PWSH,  which
includes a discount of 30% from the valuation paid by the Investors. Each of the ESOP entities has the right to require PWSH to redeem the entire equity
interest held by such ESOP entities at the original purchase price paid plus 5% annual interest, if PWSH does not achieve its Listing on or before December
31, 2024. Because the ESOP entities are owned by employees of PWSH and its subsidiaries and employees are required to render service until either the
initial  public  offering  on  the  STAR  Market  or  repurchase  date,  the  equity  interest  owned  by  the  ESOP  entities  will  be  accounted  for  under  ASC  718
(Compensation - Stock Compensation). The initial carrying amount of the investment has been recorded as a long-term deposit liability on the condensed
consolidated balance sheets as the initial public offering cannot be considered probable at this time. We will recognize the periodic interest component of
the award as compensation expense and accrete the long-term deposit liability to its redemption value as of December 31, 2024. Because the long-term
deposit liability is denominated in RMB and is considered a monetary liability as defined in ASC 255 (Changing Prices), it will be revalued to USD at the
end  of  each  reporting  period,  with  the  changes  in  carrying  value  recorded  as  foreign  currency  gain/loss  in  our  condensed  consolidated  statements  of
operations.

The process of going public on the STAR Market includes several periods of review and is therefore a lengthy process. There can be no assurances that
PWSH  will  complete  the  Listing  by  June  30,  2024,  or  at  all.  In  the  event  Pixelworks,  Inc.  is  required  to  redeem  the  entire  equity  interest  held  by  the
Investors or the ESOP entities, we may be required to seek additional capital in order to redeem their PWSH shares and there would be no assurances that
such  capital  would  be  available  on  terms  acceptable  to  us,  if  at  all.  Any  redemptions  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations. The listing of PWSH on China's STAR Market will not change our status as a U.S. public company.

The  components  of  the  change  in  redeemable  non-controlling  interests  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  are  presented  in  the  following  table  (in
thousands):

Carrying Value of Redeemable NCI as of January 1, 2021
Increase in non-controlling interest due to issuance of stock
Closing costs incurred
Net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest
Effect of foreign currency translation attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest
Carrying Value of Redeemable NCI as of December 31, 2021

$

$

— 
30,844 
(868)
409 
520 
30,905 

79

NOTE 16.    QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) 

2021
Revenue, net
Gross profit
Loss from operations
Loss before income taxes
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks Inc.
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks Inc. per share - basic and diluted
2020
Revenue, net
Gross profit
Loss from operations
Loss before income taxes
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks Inc.
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks Inc. per share - basic and diluted

$

$

March 31

June 30

September 30

December 31

Quarterly Period Ended

9,270  $
3,725 
(7,914)
(7,858)
(8,075)
(0.16)

13,774  $
6,775 
(5,277)
(5,223)
(5,399)
(0.14)

14,050  $
7,110 
(4,457)
(4,275)
(4,382)
(0.08)

9,253  $
5,049 
(6,421)
(6,445)
(6,552)
(0.17)

15,196  $
7,985 
(3,904)
(3,850)
(4,073)
(0.08)

8,190  $
3,976 
(8,137)
(8,165)
(8,139)
(0.20)

16,586 
8,873 
(3,727)
(3,562)
(3,291)
(0.06)

9,638 
4,385 
(6,901)
(6,098)
(6,439)
(0.15)

Item 9.

None.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive
Officer  (our  Principal  Executive  Officer)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (our  Principal  Accounting  and  Financial  Officer)  of  our  disclosure  controls  and
procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")). Based on this
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act is (i) recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated
and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions
regarding disclosure.

80

 
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"). All internal control systems, no matter
how well designed, have inherent limitations.

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  under  the
oversight of our Board of Directors, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, the last day of
our fiscal year. This evaluation was based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was
effective as of the end of the fiscal year to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

•

•

•

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP,
and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the
company; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that
could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.  Accordingly,  even  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  can  only  provide
reasonable assurance of achieving its control objectives.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has not been audited by
the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. Management’s report is not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered
public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in
this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred
during the fourth quarter of 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.

Other Information.

Not applicable.

Item 9C.    Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

81

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Information  required  by  Item  10  with  respect  to  our  directors  and  executive  officers  will  be  set  forth  under  the  captions  "Proposal  No.  1:  Election  of
Directors  -  Director  Nominees  for  Election"  and  "Information  about  our  Executive  Officers"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2022  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders (the "2022 Proxy Statement") to be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2021 and pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein
by reference.

Item 405 of Regulation S-K calls for disclosure of any known late filing or failure by an insider to file a report required by Section 16(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). To the extent disclosure for delinquent reports is being made, it can be found under the caption
"Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports" in the 2022 Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all directors and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer (our Principal
Executive Officer) and our Chief Financial Officer (our Principal Accounting and Financial Officer). We have also adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior or
Designated  Financial  Personnel  (the  "Code  of  Ethics  for  Senior  or  Designated  Financial  Personnel")  that  applies  to  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  (our
Principal Executive Officer), our Chief Financial Officer (our Principal Accounting and Financial Officer) and other designated financial personnel. The
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the Code of Ethics for Senior or Designated Financial Personnel are each available on our website free of charge
at www.pixelworks.com. We intend to disclose any changes in or waivers from our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or Code of Ethics for Senior or
Designated Financial Personnel by posting such information on our website at www.pixelworks.com or by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K.

We have a separately designated standing audit committee established in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The members of the audit
committee are Daniel Heneghan, Chairman, C. Scott Gibson and Richard Sanquini. The audit committee has the responsibility and authority described in
the Pixelworks, Inc. Charter of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which has been approved by our board of directors. A copy of the audit
committee  charter  is  available  on  our  website  at  www.pixelworks.com.  Our  board  of  directors  has  determined  that  Mr.  Heneghan,  Mr.  Gibson  and  Mr.
Sanquini meet the independence requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and in the applicable rules of Nasdaq. In addition, our
board  of  directors  has  determined  that  Mr.  Heneghan,  Mr.  Gibson  and  Mr.  Sanquini  each  qualify  as  an  audit  committee  financial  expert  as  defined  by
Securities and Exchange Commission rules.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation.

Information  required  by  Item  11  with  respect  to  executive  compensation  will  be  included  under  the  captions  "Compensation  Committee  Report",
"Executive Compensation" and "Information About Our Board of Directors - Director Compensation" in our 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated
herein by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Information required by Item 12 with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder matters will be
included under the captions "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and "Information about our Equity Compensation Plans"
in our 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information required by Item 13 with respect to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence will be included under the captions
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Information About Our Board of Directors" in our 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein
by reference.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Information  required  by  Item  14  with  respect  to  principal  accounting  fees  and  services  will  be  set  forth  under  the  caption  "Information  About  Our
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" in our 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

82

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) 1. Financial Statements.

The following financial statements are included in Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 32)
    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020
    Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
    Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
    Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a) 2.    Financial Statement Schedules.

All  schedules  have  been  omitted  because  the  required  information  is  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  or  the  notes  thereto,  or  is  not
applicable or required.

(a) 3. Exhibits.

The exhibits listed below are either filed with this report or incorporated by reference into this report.

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

4.1

Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Pixelworks, Inc., as amended

Description

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed March 10, 2010).

Description of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 11, 2020).

10.1+

Form  of  Indemnity  Agreement  between  Pixelworks,  Inc.  and  each  of  the  members  of  the  Board  and  Haley  Aman,  the  Company’s  Chief
Financial Officer. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 14, 2018).

10.2+

Pixelworks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.3+

Pixelworks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.4+

10.5+

10.6+

Pixelworks,  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  Terms  and  Conditions  of  Restricted  Stock  Awards  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2009).

Pixelworks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, Terms and Conditions of Option Grants (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 8, 2012).

Pixelworks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, Terms and Conditions of Director Stock Unit Awards (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 4, 2010).

83

 
10.7+

10.8+

Pixelworks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2015).

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2021).

10.9+

Summary of Pixelworks 2021 Non-Employee Director Compensation.

10.10+

Form of Pixelworks, Inc. Senior Management Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed December 31, 2009).

10.11+

Offer Letter with Todd A. DeBonis dated December 9, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2016).

10.12+

Change of Control Severance Agreement effective January 4, 2016, by and between Pixelworks, Inc. and Todd A. DeBonis (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 8, 2017).

10.13+

Amended and Restated Change of Control and Severance Agreement by and between Pixelworks, Inc. and Todd A. Debonis, dated April 11,
2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 15, 2019).

10.14+

Form  of  Addendum  to  Change  of  Control  Agreement  for  Officers  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company's  Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on May 23, 2014).

10.15+

Executive Compensation Recovery Policy, adopted April 11, 2019 by the Pixelworks, Inc. Board of Directors (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 15, 2019).

10.16+

Offer Letter with Elias Nader (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC
on September 16, 2019).

10.17+

Change of Control and Severance Agreement with Elias Nader (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Current Report
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 16, 2019).

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

Office Lease Agreement dated December 2005, by and between CA-The Concourse Limited Partnership and Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 13, 2006).

Office Lease Agreement dated September 10, 2008 and commencing December 1, 2008 by and between Pixelworks, Inc. and Durham Plaza,
LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2008).

First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement, dated April 16, 2013, by and between CA-The Concourse Limited Partnership and Pixelworks,
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2015).

Second  Amendment  to  Office  Lease  Agreement,  dated  July  25,  2018,  by  and  between  Hudson  Concourse,  LLC,  and  Pixelworks,  Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2018).

84

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

21

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

First  Amendment  to  Lease,  dated  July  1,  2013,  by  and  between  Durham  Plaza,  LLC  and  Pixelworks,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2015).

Second Amendment to Lease, dated May 18, 2016, by and between Kalberer Company and Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.25 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2017).

Third Amendment to Lease, dated January 30, 2019, by and between Kalberer Company and Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2019).

Sales Agreement, dated June 5, 2020, between Pixelworks, inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2020).

Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement dated December 4, 2020, between the Company and the investors named therein.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2021).

Form of Capital Increase Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on
August 11, 2021).

Schedule identifying agreements substantially identical to the form of Agreement in Exhibit 10.43 hereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.02a to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 11, 2021).

Subsidiaries of Pixelworks, Inc.

Consent of Armanino LLP.

Power of Attorney (see page 85 of this Form 10-K).

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

32.1**

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

32.2**

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

85

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

+
*

**

Indicates a management contract or compensation arrangement.
Certain schedules and exhibits to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K. The registrant hereby undertakes to
furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such agreement to the SEC upon request.

Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 are being furnished and shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  that  section,  nor  shall  such  exhibits  be  deemed  to  be  incorporated  by
reference  in  any  registration  statement  or  other  document  filed  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the  Exchange  Act,  except  as
otherwise stated in such filing.

86

 
(b) Exhibits.

    See Item 15 (a) (3) above.

(c) Financial Statement Schedules.

    See Item 15 (a) (2) above.

Item 16.     Form 10-K Summary.

Not applicable.

87

Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Dated: March 9, 2022

By:

PIXELWORKS, INC.

/s/ Todd A. DeBonis
Todd A. DeBonis
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  constitutes  and  appoints  Todd  A.  DeBonis  and  Haley  F.
Aman, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any
amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Todd A. DeBonis
Todd A. DeBonis

/s/ Haley F. Aman
Haley F. Aman

/s/ Richard L. Sanquini
Richard L. Sanquini

/s/ Amy Bunszel
Amy Bunszel

/s/ C. Scott Gibson
C. Scott Gibson

/s/ Daniel J. Heneghan
Daniel J. Heneghan

/s/ David J. Tupman
David J. Tupman

President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

Chairman of the Board

Director

Director

Director

Director

88

March 9, 2022

March 9, 2022

March 9, 2022

March 9, 2022

March 9, 2022

March 9, 2022

March 9, 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 3.1

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
PIXELWORKS, INC.

Pursuant to the Oregon Business Corporation Act (ORS Chapter 60), Pixelworks, Inc. hereby adopts the following Sixth Amended and Restated
Articles  of  Incorporation,  which  shall  supersede  the  heretofore  existing  Fifth  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  and  all  previous  amendment  and
restatements thereof.

The name of the Corporation is Pixelworks, Inc.

ARTICLE 1.
NAME.

ARTICLE 2.
SHARES AND RIGHTS THEREOF GENERALLY.

2.1          Authorized Stock.  The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is 250,000,000 shares of common
stock with a par value of $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”) , and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share (Preferred
Stock”).

2.2          Rights of Common Stock.  The shares of common stock have unlimited voting rights and are entitled to receive the net assets of the

Corporation on dissolution, subject to rights of the Preferred Stock.

2.3          Authority to Designate Series Preferred.  The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix or alter the rights, preferences, privileges
and restrictions granted to or imposed upon additional series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation
thereof,  or  of  any  of  them.    Subject  to  compliance  with  applicable  protective  voting  rights  or  consent  rights  which  have  been  or  may  be  granted  to  the
Preferred  Stock  or  any  series  thereof  herein,  by  law,  or  in  Articles  of  Amendment  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors  (“Protective  Provisions”),  but
notwithstanding any other rights of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions of any such additional series
may be subordinated to, made pari passu with (including, without limitation, inclusion in provisions with respect to liquidation and acquisition preferences,
redemption and/or approval of matters by vote or written consent), or made senior to any of those of any present or future class of series of Preferred or
Common Stock.  Subject to compliance with applicable Protective Provisions, the Board of Directors is also authorized to increase or decrease the number
of  shares  of  any  series,  prior  or  subsequent  to  the  issue  of  that  series,  but  not  below  the  number  of  shares  of  such  series  then  outstanding.    In  case  the
number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of
the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE 3.
DIRECTORS.

3.1          Number of Directors.  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be not less than three nor more than twelve, and within such

limits, the exact number shall be fixed and increased or decreased from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

3.2          Election of Directors.  If the number of directors is fixed by the Board of Directors at six or more, the directors shall be divided into three
classes  designated  Class  I,  Class  II  and  Class  III,  each  class  to  be  as  nearly  equal  in  number  as  possible.    At  the  next  annual  meeting  of  shareholders
following that designation (“First Meeting”), directors of all three classes shall be elected.  The term of office of Class I directors shall expire at the first
annual meeting of shareholders following their election.  The terms of Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders following
their election.  The terms of the Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders following their election.  At each annual meeting
of shareholders after the

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 3.1

First Meeting, each class of directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their
successors are elected and qualified, so that the term of one class of directors will expire each year.  When the number of directors is changed within the
limits provided herein, any newly created directorships, or any decrease in directorships, shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as
nearly equal as possible, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent
directors.

3.3          Removal.  All or any number of the directors of the Corporation may be removed only for cause and at a meeting of shareholders called
expressly for that purpose, by the vote of 75 percent of the votes then entitled to be cast for the election of directors.  Cause for removal shall be deemed to
exist only if the director whose removal is proposed has engaged in criminal conduct or has engaged in fraudulent or dishonest conduct or gross abuse of
authority or discretion with respect to the Corporation. At any meeting of shareholders at which one or more directors are removed, a majority of votes then
entitled to be cast for the election of directors may fill any vacancy created by such removal.  If any vacancy created by removal of a director is not filled
by the shareholders at the meeting at which the removal is effected, such vacancy may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors.

3.4          Amendment of Article. The provisions of this Article3 may not be amended, altered, changed or repealed in any respect unless such

action is approved by the affirmative vote of not less than 75 percent of the votes then entitled to be cast for election of directors.

ARTICLE 4.
EXCLUSION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY.

No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct as a director;
provided that this Article4 shall not eliminate the liability of a director for any act or omission for which such elimination of liability is not permitted under
the  Oregon  Business  Corporation  Act.    No  amendment  to  the  Oregon  Business  Corporation  Act  that  further  limits  the  acts  or  omissions  for  which
elimination of liability is permitted shall affect the liability of a director for any act or omission that occurs prior to the effective date of such amendment.

ARTICLE 5.
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, & FIDUCIARIES.

5.1          Indemnification.  The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent not prohibited by law any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (as defined below) against all expenses (including attorney fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such Proceeding.

5.2          Advancement of Expenses.  Expenses incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in defending a Proceeding shall in all cases be

paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding at the written request of such person, if the person:

5.2.1        furnishes the Corporation a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that such person has met the standard of conduct
described  in  the  Oregon  Business  Corporation  Act  or  is  entitled  to  be  indemnified  by  the  Corporation  under  any  other
indemnification rights granted by the Corporation to such person; and

5.2.2        furnishes the Corporation a written undertaking to repay such advance to the extent it is ultimately determined by a court that
such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this Article 5 or under any other indemnification rights
granted by the Corporation to such person.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 3.1

Such advances shall be made without regard to the person’s ability to repay such advances and without regard to the person’s ultimate entitlement

to indemnification under this Article 5 or otherwise.

5.3                    Definition  of  Proceeding.    The  term  “Proceeding”  shall  include  any  threatened,  pending,  or  completed  action,  suit,  or  proceeding,
whether brought in the right of the corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative nature, in which a person may
be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation or a fiduciary
within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 with respect to any employee benefit plan of the corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, or fiduciary of an employee benefit plan of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, or other enterprise, whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement
of expenses can be provided under this Article 5.

5.4                    Non-Exclusivity  and  Continuity  of  Rights.    This  Article  5:    (i)  shall  not  be  deemed  exclusive  of  any  other  rights  to  which  those
indemnified may be entitled under any statute, agreement, general or specific action of the board of directors, vote of shareholders or otherwise, both as to
action in the official capacity of the person indemnified and as to action in another capacity while holding office, (ii)shall continue as to a person who has
ceased to be a director or officer, (iii)shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person, and (iv)shall extend to all claims
for indemnification or advancement of expenses made after the adoption of this Article 5.

5.5          Amendments.  Any repeal of this Article 5 shall only be prospective and no repeal or modification hereof shall adversely affect the rights

under this Article 5 in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any Proceeding.

ARTICLE 6.
SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL OF CERTAIN CORPORATE ACTIONS.

No  agreement  of  merger  or  consolidation  of  this  corporation  which  requires  shareholder  approval  under  the  Oregon  Business  Corporation  Act
shall be approved or become effective unless the holders of not less than sixty-seven percent (67%) of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to
vote thereon shall vote for the adoption of the agreement.  This corporation shall not sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets
unless the holders of not less than sixty-seven percent (67%) of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon shall vote for such sale,
lease or exchange.  Dissolution or liquidation of the corporation shall require the prior approval of holders of not less than sixty-seven percent (67%) of the
outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 3.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
PIXELWORKS, INC.

Article  2  of  the  Sixth  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  (the  “Restated  Articles”)  of  Pixelworks,  Inc.  is  hereby  amended  by  the

addition of the following Section 2.4:

2.4          Preferred Stock Designation.  One series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Special Voting Share Series Preferred Stock,” and shall
consist of one (1) share (the “Special Voting Share”).  Special Voting Share Series Preferred Stock has an Issue Price of $0.001 per share.  The relative
rights, preferences and limitations of the Special Voting Share Series Preferred Stock are as follows:

a.             Dividends. Neither the holder nor, if different, the owner of the Special Voting Share shall be entitled to receive dividends in its

capacity as holder or owner thereof.

b.             Voting Right.  The holder of record of the Special Voting Share shall be entitled to all of the voting rights, including the right to
vote in person or by proxy, of the Special Voting Share on any matters, questions, proposals or propositions whatsoever that may properly come before the
stockholders of the Corporation at a meeting of the Corporation or in connection with a consent of the Corporation.

c.             Liquidation Preference.  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation,
the  holder  of  the  Special  Voting  Share  shall  be  entitled  to  be  paid  out  of  the  assets  of  the  Corporation  available  for  distribution  to  the  stockholders,  an
amount equal to $0.001 before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation
junior to the Special Voting Share as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.

d.             Ranking.  The Special Voting Share shall, with respect to rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding up, rank (i) pari passu

with the Common Stock and (ii) junior to any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.

e.             Redemption.  The Special Voting Share shall not be subject to redemption except that at such time as no exchangeable shares
(“Exchangeable  Shares”)  of  Jaldi  Semiconductor  Corp.  (“Jaldi”)  (other  than  Exchangeable  Shares  owned  by  the  Corporation  and  its  affiliates)  shall  be
outstanding  and  no  shares  of  stock,  debt,  options  or  other  agreements  which  could  give  rise  to  the  issuance  of  any  Exchangeable  Shares  to  any  person
(other than the Corporation and its affiliates) shall exist, the Special Voting Share shall automatically be redeemed and cancelled, for an amount equal to
$0.001 due and payable upon such redemption.  Upon any such redemption or other purchase or acquisition of the Special Voting Share by the Corporation,
the Special Voting Share shall be deemed retired and cancelled and may not be reissued.

f.              Other Provisions.  Pursuant to the terms of an agreement (the “Voting and Share Trust Agreement”) to be entered into between
the Corporation, Pixelworks Nova Scotia Company, Jaldi and CIBC Mellon Trust Company (the “Trustee”), as such agreement may be amended, modified
or supplemented from time to time (the “Trust Agreement”):

Exchangeable Shares, issue any other additional shares of the same series as the Special Voting Shares Series Preferred Stock;

(A)                    during  the  term  of  the  Trust  Agreement,  the  Corporation  may  not,  without  the  consent  of  the  holders  of  the

(B)           with respect to all meetings of stockholders of the Corporation at which holders of the Corporation’s Common Stock
are entitled to vote (each a “Meeting”) and with respect to any written consents, to the extent permitted by the Articles and by-laws of the Corporation,
sought by the Corporation from its stockholders, including the holders of Common Stock (each a “ Consent”), the Special Voting Share shall vote

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 3.1

together with the Common Stock as a single class and subject to (C) shall have the identical voting rights to those of the Common Stock;

(C)           the Special Voting Share entitles the holder of record to a number of votes in respect of a Meeting or in respect of a
Consent equal to the number of Exchangeable Shares (as defined by the Trust Agreement) outstanding on the record date for determining stockholders
entitled to vote at the applicable Meeting or in connection with the applicable Consent, from time to time (other than Exchangeable Shares held by the
Corporation and its affiliates);

(D)                   the Trustee shall exercise the votes held by the Special Voting Share pursuant to and in accordance with the Trust

Agreement;

Agreement; and

(E)                     the voting rights attached to the Special Voting Share shall terminate pursuant to and in accordance with the Trust

limitations and restrictions, of such Special Voting Share shall be as otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement.

(F)                      the  powers,  designations  and  preferences,  participating,  optional  and  other  special  rights,  and  the  qualifications

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 3.1

SECOND AMENDMENT TO
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
PIXELWORKS, INC.

Section  3.2  of  the  Sixth  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation,  as  amended  (the  “Restated  Articles”)  of  Pixelworks,  Inc.  is  hereby

replaced in its entirety by the following Section 3.2:

3.2  NUMBER  AND  QUALIFICATION.  The  number  of  directors  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  not  less  than  three  nor  more  than  twelve,  and
within such limits, the exact number shall be fixed and increased or decreased from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. If the number of
directors is fixed by the Board of Directors at seven or less, the directors shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of shareholders and until their
successors have been elected and qualified. If the number of directors is fixed by the Board of Directors at eight or more, the directors shall be divided into
three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III, each class to be as nearly equal in number as possible. At the next Annual Meeting of shareholders
following that designation (“First Meeting”), directors of all three classes shall be elected. The term of office of Class I directors shall expire at the first
Annual  Meeting  of  shareholders  following  their  election.  The  terms  of  Class  II  directors  shall  expire  at  the  second  Annual  Meeting  of  shareholders
following  their  election.  The  terms  of  the  Class  III  directors  shall  expire  at  the  third  Annual  Meeting  of  shareholders  following  their  election.  At  each
Annual Meeting of shareholders after the First Meeting, each class of directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected to
serve for three-year terms and until their successors are elected and qualified, so that the term of one class of directors will expire each year. When the
number of directors is changed within the limits provided herein, any newly created directorships, or any decrease in directorships, shall be so apportioned
among  the  classes  as  to  make  all  classes  as  nearly  equal  as  possible,  provided  that  no  decrease  in  the  number  of  directors  constituting  the  Board  of
Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent directors. Directors need not be residents of the State of Oregon or shareholders of the Corporation.

 
 
 
Exhibit 3.1

THIRD AMENDMENT TO
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
PIXELWORKS, INC.

Pursuant to the Oregon Business Corporation Act (ORS Chapter 60), Pixelworks, Inc. (the “Corporation”) hereby adopts the following Third Amendment
to its Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

1. Section 2.5 is added to ARTICLE 2. to read as follows:

          2.5  Reverse  Stock  Split.  Effective  as  of  June  4,  2008  at  12:01  am,  each  three  (3)  shares  of  Common  Stock,  $.001  par  value  per  share  (the  “Old
Common Stock”), then issued and outstanding shall automatically be combined into one (1) share of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share (the “New
Common Stock”), of the Corporation without any further action by the holders of such shares of Old Common Stock.

          a. Fractional Shares. Any fractional shares resulting from that exchange will not be issued, but will be paid out in cash equal to such fraction
multiplied by the closing trading price of the Corporation’s Common Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market, as the case may
be, on the trading day immediately before the Effective Date.

          b. Effect of Old Certificates. Each stock certificate representing shares of Old Common Stock shall thereafter represent that number of shares of
New Common Stock into which the shares of Old Common Stock represented by such certificate shall have been combined.

          c. Exchange. Each person holding of record a stock certificate or certificates that represented shares of Old Common Stock shall receive, upon
surrender of such certificate or certificates, a new certificate or certificates evidencing and representing the number of shares of New Common Stock to
which such person is entitled, or, at the discretion of the Corporation and unless otherwise instructed by such holder, book-entry shares in lieu of a new
certificate  or  certificates  evidencing  and  representing  the  number  of  whole  shares  of  New  Common  Stock  to  which  such  person  is  entitled,  under  the
foregoing reclassification and combination,

          d. Rights of New Common Stock. The New Common Stock issued in this exchange shall have the same rights, preferences and privileges as the
Common Stock (as defined below).

2. Section 3.2 of ARTICLE 3. is amended by deleting the first sentence thereof.

     
Exhibit 10.2

PIXELWORKS, INC.

2010 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Plan is to assist Eligible Employees in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Corporation, at a favorable price and upon
favorable terms, pursuant to a plan which is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. This Plan is
also intended to encourage Eligible Employees to remain in the employ of the Corporation or a Participating Subsidiary and to provide them with
an additional incentive to advance the best interests of the Corporation.

2.

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used herein which are not otherwise defined shall have the following meanings.

“Account”  means  the  bookkeeping  account  maintained  by  the  Corporation,  or  by  a  recordkeeper  on  behalf  of  the  Corporation,  for  a
Participant pursuant to Section 7(a).

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer this Plan pursuant to Section 12.

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation, and such other securities or property as may
become the subject of Options pursuant to an adjustment made under Section 17.

“Compensation” means an Eligible Employee’s regular earnings and shall not include any overtime pay, sick pay, shift differential, shift
premium,  vacation  pay,  cash  incentive  compensation,  commissions  or  cash  bonuses.  Compensation  also  includes  any  amounts
contributed  as  salary  reduction  contributions  to  a  plan  qualifying  under  Section  401(k),  125  or  129  of  the  Code.  Any  other  form  of
remuneration  is  excluded  from  Compensation,  including  (but  not  limited  to)  the  following:  prizes,  awards,  relocation  or  housing
allowances, stock option exercises, stock appreciation right payments, the vesting or grant of restricted stock, the payment of stock units,
performance  awards,  auto  allowances,  tuition  reimbursement,  perquisites,  non-cash  compensation  and  other  forms  of  imputed  income.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Compensation  shall  not  include  any  amounts  deferred  under  or  paid  from  any  nonqualified  deferred
compensation plan maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

“Contributions” means the bookkeeping amounts credited to the Account of a Participant pursuant to this Plan, equal in amount to the
amount of Compensation that the Participant has elected to contribute for the purchase of Common Stock under and in accordance with
this Plan.

“Corporation” means Pixelworks, Inc., an Oregon corporation, and its successors.

“Effective Date” means the date on which this Plan is initially approved by the shareholders of the Corporation.

Exhibit 10.2

“Eligible  Employee”  means  any  employee  of  the  Corporation,  or  of  any  Subsidiary  which  has  been  designated  in  writing  by  the
Committee as a “Participating Subsidiary.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Employee” shall not include any employee whose
customary employment is twenty (20) hours or less per week.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

“Fair Market Value” on any date means:

(a)    if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trade on a national securities exchange, the closing price of a share of Common Stock
on such date on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or admitted to trade, or, if
there is no trading of the Common Stock on such date, then the closing price of a share of Common Stock on such exchange on
the next preceding date on which there was trading in the shares of Common Stock;

(b)    in the absence of exchange data required to determine Fair Market Value pursuant to the foregoing, the value as established by the

Committee as of the relevant time for purposes of this Plan.

“Grant Date” means, with respect to an Offering Period, the first day of that Offering Period.

“Individual Limit” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4(b).

“Offering Period”  means  the  period  of  eighteen  (18)  consecutive  months  commencing  on  each  Grant  Date  as  provided  in  Section  5;
provided, however, that the Committee may declare, as it deems appropriate and in advance of the applicable Offering Period, a shorter
(not to be less than three months) Offering Period or a longer (not to exceed 27 months) Offering Period.

“Option” means the stock option to acquire shares of Common Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

“Option Price” means the per share exercise price of an Option as determined in accordance with Section 8(b).

“Parent” means any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation in which
each corporation (other than the Corporation) owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one or more of the other corporations in the chain.

“Participant”  means  an  Eligible  Employee  who  has  elected  to  participate  in  this  Plan  and  who  has  filed  a  valid  and  effective
Subscription Agreement to make Contributions pursuant to Section 6.

“Participating Subsidiary” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 19(c).

“Plan” means this Pixelworks, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.

“Purchase Date” means, with respect to a Purchase Period, the last day of that Purchase Period.

“Purchase Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.

“Subscription Agreement ” means the written agreement filed by an Eligible Employee with the Corporation pursuant to Section 6 to
participate in this Plan.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations (beginning with the Corporation)
in which each corporation (other than the last corporation) owns stock

Exhibit 10.2

possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one or more of the other corporations in the chain.

3.

ELIGIBILITY

Any person employed as an Eligible Employee as of the beginning of any given Offering Period (and who is not a Participant in any Offering
Period  then  in  effect)  shall  be  eligible  to  participate  in  such  Offering  Period,  subject  to  the  Eligible  Employee  satisfying  the  requirements  of
Section 6.

4.

STOCK SUBJECT TO THIS PLAN; SHARE LIMITATIONS

(a)

(b)

Aggregate Share Limit. Subject to the provisions of Section 17, the capital stock that may be delivered under this Plan will be shares of
the  Corporation’s  authorized  but  unissued  Common  Stock.  The  maximum  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  that  may  be  delivered
pursuant to Options granted under this Plan is 3,300,000 shares, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 17.
Individual Share Limit. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that any one individual may acquire upon exercise of his or
her Option with respect to any one Purchase Period is 3,000, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 17 (the “Individual Limit”). The
Committee may amend the Individual Limit, effective no earlier than the first Purchase Period commencing after the adoption of such
amendment, without shareholder approval.

(c)    Shares Not Actually Delivered. Shares that are subject to or underlie Options, which for any reason are cancelled or terminated, are forfeited,
fail  to  vest,  or  for  any  other  reason  are  not  paid  or  delivered  under  this  Plan  shall  again,  except  to  the  extent  prohibited  by  law,  be
available for subsequent Options under this Plan.

5.

OFFERING AND PURCHASE PERIODS

(a)    Offering Periods. During the term of this Plan, the Corporation will grant Options to purchase shares of Common Stock in each Offering
Period to all Participants in that Offering Period. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee in advance of a particular Offering Period,
each Offering Period will be of eighteen (18) months duration, with the first such Offering Period to commence on August 1, 2010, and a
new Offering Period shall commence on each February 1 or August 1 thereafter such that more than one Offering Period may be in effect
at any one time; provided, however, that no Eligible Employee may be a Participant in, or hold an outstanding Option with respect to,
more  than  one  Offering  Period  at  any  one  time.  In  the  event  that  the  Fair  Market  Value  of  the  Common  Stock  on  any  Purchase  Date
during  an  Offering  Period  is  lower  than  the  Fair  Market  Value  of  the  Common  Stock  on  the  Grant  Date  of  that  Offering  Period,  that
Offering  Period  will  terminate  on  such  Purchase  Date,  and  each  Participant  in  such  terminated  Offering  Period  will  be  automatically
enrolled  in  the  new  Offering  Period  that  commences  on  the  February  1  or  August  1,  as  applicable,  that  immediately  follows  such
Purchase Date. Each Option shall become effective on the Grant Date of the Offering Period with respect to which the Option is granted.
The term of each Option shall be the duration of the related Offering Period and shall end on the Purchase Date for the third and final
Purchase Period of that Offering Period. Offering Periods shall continue until this Plan is terminated in accordance with Section 18 or 19,
or, if earlier, until no shares of Common Stock remain available for Options pursuant to Section 4.

(b)    Purchase Periods. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee in advance of a particular Offering Period, each Offering Period will consist
of  three  (3)  Purchase  Periods,  and  each  Purchase  Period  will  be  of  six  (6)  months  duration.  Purchase  Periods  shall  commence  each
February 1 and August 1 and shall end the immediately following July 31 or January 31, respectively.

6.

PARTICIPATION

(a)

Enrollment. An Eligible Employee may become a participant in this Plan by completing a Subscription Agreement on a form approved
by and in a manner prescribed by the Committee (or its delegate). To become

Exhibit 10.2

(b)

(c)

effective, a Subscription Agreement must be signed by the Eligible Employee and be filed with the Corporation at the time specified by
the Committee, but in all cases prior to the start of the Offering Period with respect to which it is to become effective, and must set forth a
whole  percentage  (or,  if  the  Committee  so  provides,  a  stated  amount)  of  the  Eligible  Employee’s  Compensation  to  be  credited  to  the
Participant’s Account as Contributions each pay period.
Contribution Limits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may not elect to contribute less than one percent (1%) nor more than
ten percent (10%) (or such other limit as the Committee may establish prior to the start of the applicable Offering Period) of his or her
Compensation during any one pay period as Plan Contributions. The Committee also may prescribe other limits, rules or procedures for
Contributions.
Content  and  Duration  of  Subscription  Agreements.  Subscription  Agreements  shall  contain  the  Eligible  Employee’s  authorization  and
consent to the Corporation’s withholding from his or her Compensation the amount of his or her Contributions. An Eligible Employee’s
Subscription Agreement, and his or her participation election and withholding consent thereon, shall remain valid for all Offering Periods
until (1) the Eligible Employee’s participation terminates pursuant to the terms hereof, (2) the Eligible Employee files a new Subscription
Agreement  that  becomes  effective,  or  (3)  the  Committee  requires  that  a  new  Subscription  Agreement  be  executed  and  filed  with  the
Corporation.

7.

METHOD OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Participation Accounts. The  Corporation  shall  maintain  on  its  books,  or  cause  to  be  maintained  by  a  recordkeeper,  an  Account  in  the
name of each Participant. The percentage of Compensation elected to be applied as Contributions by a Participant shall be deducted from
such Participant’s Compensation on each payday during the period for payroll deductions set forth below and such payroll deductions
shall be credited to that Participant’s Account as soon as administratively practicable after such date. A Participant may not make any
additional payments to his or her Account. A  Participant’s  Account  shall  be  reduced  by  any  amounts  used  to  pay  the  Option  Price  of
shares acquired, or by any other amounts distributed pursuant to the terms hereof.
Payroll Deductions. Subject to such other rules as the Committee may adopt, payroll deductions with respect to an Offering Period shall
commence as of the first day of the payroll period which coincides with or immediately follows the applicable Grant Date and shall end
on  the  last  date  of  the  payroll  period  which  coincides  with  or  immediately  precedes  the  applicable  Purchase  Date,  unless  sooner
terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 7(d) or until his or her participation terminates pursuant to Section 11.
Changes in Contribution Elections for Next Purchase Period. A Participant may discontinue, increase, or decrease the level of his or her
Contributions (within the Plan limits) by completing and filing with the Corporation, on such terms as the Committee (or its delegate)
may  prescribe,  a  new  Subscription  Agreement  which  indicates  such  election.  Subject  to  any  other  timing  requirements  that  the
Committee may impose, an election pursuant to this Section 7(c) shall be effective with the first Purchase Period that commences after
the Corporation’s receipt of such election. Except as contemplated by Section 7(d) and 7(e), changes in Contribution levels may not take
effect during a Purchase Period. Other modifications or suspensions of Subscription Agreements are not permitted.
Withdrawal During an Offering Period. A Participant may terminate his or her Contributions during an Offering Period (and receive a
distribution of the balance of his or her Account in accordance with Section 11) by completing and filing with the Corporation, in such
form  and  on  such  terms  as  the  Committee  (or  its  delegate)  may  prescribe,  a  written  withdrawal  form  which  shall  be  signed  by  the
Participant. Such termination shall be effective as soon as administratively practicable after its receipt by the Corporation. A withdrawal
election pursuant to this Section 7(d) with respect to an Offering Period shall only be effective for a particular Purchase Period, however,
if it is received by the Corporation prior to the Purchase Date of that Purchase Period (or such earlier deadline that the Committee may
reasonably require to process the withdrawal prior to the applicable Purchase Date). Partial withdrawals of Accounts are not permitted.
Discontinuance of Contributions During a Purchase Period. A Participant may discontinue his or her Contributions at any time during a
Purchase Period by completing and filing with the Corporation, on such

Exhibit 10.2

terms  as  the  Committee  (or  its  delegate)  may  prescribe,  a  new  Subscription  Agreement  which  indicates  such  election.  If  a  Participant
elects  to  discontinue  his  or  her  Contributions  pursuant  to  this  Section  7(e),  the  Contributions  previously  credited  to  the  Participant’s
Account for that Purchase Period shall be used to exercise the Participant’s Option as of the applicable Purchase Date in accordance with
Section 9 (unless the Participant makes a timely withdrawal election in accordance with Section 7(d), in which case such Participant’s
Account shall be paid to him or her in cash in accordance with Section 11(a)).
Leaves of Absence. During leaves of absence approved by the Corporation or a Participating Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of
Regulation  Section  1.421-1(h)(2)  under  the  Code,  a  Participant  may  continue  participation  in  this  Plan  by  cash  payments  to  the
Corporation on his normal paydays equal to the reduction in his Plan Contributions caused by his leave.

(f)

8.

GRANT OF OPTION

(a)

(b)

(c)

Grant Date; Number of Shares. On each Grant Date, each Eligible Employee who is a Participant during that Offering Period shall be
granted an Option to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock. The Option shall be exercised on each Purchase Date that occurs
during that Offering Period. The number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased upon exercise of the Option on each Purchase Date
shall be determined by dividing the Participant’s Account balance as of that Purchase Date by the Option Price, subject to the limits of
Section 8(c).
Option Price. The Option Price per share of the shares subject to an Option for a Purchase Period shall be the lesser of: (i) 85% of the
Fair  Market  Value  of  a  Share  on  the  Grant  Date  of  the  Offering  Period  to  which  the  Purchase  Period  relates;  or  (ii)  85%  of  the  Fair
Market Value of a Share on the Purchase Date of that Purchase Period; provided, however, that the Committee may provide prior to the
start of any Purchase Period that the Option Price for that Purchase Period shall be determined by applying a discount amount (not to
exceed  15%)  to  either  (1)  the  Fair  Market  Value  of  a  share  of  Common  Stock  on  the  Grant  Date  of  the  Offering  Period  to  which  the
Purchase Period relates, or (2) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Purchase Date of that Purchase Period, or (3)
the lesser of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date of the Offering Period to which the Purchase Period
relates or the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Purchase Date of that Purchase Period. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in the preceding provisions of this Section 8(b), in no event shall the Option Price per share be less than the par value of a
share of Common Stock.
Limits on Share Purchases. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, the maximum number of shares subject to an Option for an
Offering Period shall be subject to the Individual Limit in effect on the Grant Date of that Offering Period (subject to adjustment pursuant
to Section 17) and any person who is otherwise an Eligible Employee shall not be granted any Option (or any Option granted shall be
subject to compliance with the following limitations) or other right to purchase shares under this Plan to the extent:

(1)    it would, if exercised, cause the person to own stock (within the meaning of Section 423(b)(3) of the Code) possessing 5%
or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Corporation, or of any Parent, or of
any Subsidiary; or

(2)    such Option causes such individual to have rights to purchase stock under this Plan and any other plan of the Corporation,
any Parent, or any Subsidiary which is qualified under Section 423 of the Code which accrue at a rate which exceeds
$25,000 of the fair market value of the stock of the Corporation, of any Parent, or of any Subsidiary (determined at the
time the right to purchase such stock is granted, before giving effect to any discounted purchase price under any such
plan) for each calendar year in which such right is outstanding at any time.

For purposes of the foregoing, a right to purchase stock accrues when it first become exercisable during the calendar year. In determining
whether the stock ownership of an Eligible Employee equals or exceeds the 5% limit set forth above, the rules of Section 424(d) of the
Code (relating to attribution of stock ownership) shall

Exhibit 10.2

apply, and stock which the Eligible Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Eligible
Employee.

9.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

(a)

(b)

Purchase  of  Shares.  Unless  a  Participant  withdraws  pursuant  to  Section  7(d)  or  the  Participant’s  Plan  participation  is  terminated  as
provided  in  Section  11,  his  or  her  Option  for  the  purchase  of  shares  shall  be  exercised  automatically  on  each  Purchase  Date  for  that
Offering Period, without any further action on the Participant’s part, and the maximum number of whole shares of Common Stock subject
to  such  Option  (subject  to  the  limits  of  Section  8(c))  shall  be  purchased  at  the  Option  Price  with  the  balance  of  such  Participant’s
Account.
Account Balance Remaining After Purchase. If any amount which is not sufficient to purchase a whole share remains in a Participant’s
Account after the exercise of his or her Option on the Purchase Date: (1) such amount shall be credited to such Participant’s Account for
the next Purchase Period, if he or she is then a Participant; or (2) if such Participant is not a Participant in the next Purchase Period, or if
the Committee so elects, such amount shall be refunded to such Participant as soon as administratively practicable after such date. If the
share limit of Section 4(a) is reached, any amount that remains in a Participant’s Account after the exercise of his or her Option on the
Purchase Date to purchase the number of shares that he or she is allocated shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as administratively
practicable after such date. If any amount which exceeds the limits of Section 8(c)(1) remains in a Participant’s Account after the exercise
of his or her Option on the Purchase Date, such amount shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as administratively practicable after
such date. The Participant’s Account shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by any amount used to purchase shares hereunder or any
amount refunded to the Participant.

10.

DELIVERY OF SHARES

As  soon  as  administratively  practicable  after  the  Purchase  Date,  the  Corporation  shall,  in  its  discretion,  either  deliver  to  each  Participant  a
certificate representing the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of his or her Option, provide for the crediting of such shares in book
entry form in the name of the Participant, or provide for an alternative arrangement for the delivery of such shares to a broker or recordkeeping
service for the benefit of the Participant. In the event the Corporation is required to obtain from any commission or agency authority to issue any
such certificate or otherwise deliver such shares, the Corporation will seek to obtain such authority. If the Corporation is unable to obtain from any
such commission or agency authority which counsel for the Corporation deems necessary for the lawful issuance of any such certificate or other
delivery of such shares, or if for any other reason the Corporation cannot issue or deliver shares of Common Stock and satisfy Section 21, the
Corporation shall be relieved from liability to any Participant except that the Corporation shall return to each Participant to whom such shares
cannot be issued or delivered the amount of the balance credited to his or her Account that would have otherwise been used for the purchase of
such shares.

11.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT; CHANGE IN ELIGIBLE STATUS

(a)

(b)

General. Except as provided in Section 11(b) below, if a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee for any reason (including, without
limitation, due to the Participant’s death, disability, quit, resignation or retirement, or due to a layoff or other termination of employment
with or without cause), or if the Participant elects to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to Section 7(d), at any time prior to the last day of
an  Offering  Period  in  which  he  or  she  participates,  such  Participant’s  Account  shall  be  paid  to  him  or  her  (or,  in  the  event  of  the
Participant’s death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 13) in cash, and such Participant’s Option and participation in
the Plan shall automatically terminate as of the time that the Participant ceased to be an Eligible Employee.
Change  in  Eligible  Status;  Leave.  If  a  Participant  (1)  ceases  to  be  an  Eligible  Employee  during  a  Purchase  Period  but  remains  an
employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary through the Purchase Date for that Purchase Period (for example, and without limitation,
due to a change in the Participant’s employer from the

Exhibit 10.2

Corporation or a Participating Subsidiary to a non-Participating Subsidiary, if the Participant’s employer ceases to maintain the Plan as a
Participating Subsidiary but otherwise continues as a Subsidiary, or if the Participant’s customary level of employment no longer satisfies
the requirements set forth in the definition of Eligible Employee), or (2) during a Purchase Period commences a sick leave, military leave,
or other leave of absence approved by the Corporation or a Participating Subsidiary, and the leave meets the requirements of Treasury
Regulation  Section  1.421-1(h)(2)  and  the  Participant  is  an  employee  of  the  Corporation  or  a  Subsidiary  or  on  such  leave  as  of  the
applicable Purchase Date, such Participant’s Contributions shall cease (subject to Section 7(d) and Section 7(f)), and the Contributions
previously  credited  to  the  Participant’s  Account  for  that  Purchase  Period  shall  be  used  to  exercise  the  Participant’s  Option  as  of  the
applicable  Purchase  Date  in  accordance  with  Section  9  (unless  the  Participant  makes  a  timely  withdrawal  election  in  accordance  with
Section 7(d), in which case such Participant’s Account shall be paid to him or her in cash in accordance with Section 11(a)).
Re-Enrollment. A Participant’s termination from Plan participation precludes the Participant from again participating in this Plan during
that Offering Period. However, such termination shall not have any effect upon his or her ability to participate in any succeeding Offering
Period, provided that the applicable eligibility and participation requirements are again then met. A Participant’s termination from Plan
participation  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  revocation  of  that  Participant’s  Subscription  Agreement  and  such  Participant  must  file  a  new
Subscription Agreement to resume Plan participation in any succeeding Offering Period.
Change  in  Subsidiary  Status.  For  purposes  of  this  Plan,  if  a  Subsidiary  ceases  to  be  a  Subsidiary,  each  person  employed  by  that
Subsidiary will be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of this Plan, unless the person continues as an employee of the
Corporation or another Subsidiary.

(c)

(d)

12.

ADMINISTRATION

(a)

(b)

(c)

The Committee. The Board shall appoint the Committee, which shall be composed of not less than two members of the Board. The Board
may, at any time, increase or decrease the number of members of the Committee, may remove from membership on the Committee all or
any portion of its members, and may appoint such person or persons as it desires to fill any vacancy existing on the Committee, whether
caused by removal, resignation, or otherwise. The Board may also, at any time, assume the administration of all or a part of this Plan, in
which case references (or relevant references in the event the Board assumes the administration of only certain aspects of this Plan) to the
“Committee” shall be deemed to be references to the Board. Action of the Committee with respect to this Plan shall be taken pursuant to
a majority vote or by the unanimous written consent of its members. No member of the Committee shall be entitled to act on or decide
any matter relating solely to himself or herself or solely to any of his or her rights or benefits under this Plan.
Powers and Duties of the Committee. Subject to the express provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall supervise and administer this
Plan and shall have the full authority and discretion: (1) to construe and interpret this Plan and any agreements defining the rights and
obligations of the Corporation, any Subsidiary, and Participants under this Plan; (2) to further define the terms used in this Plan; (3) to
prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of this Plan (including, without limitation, deadlines for
making  elections  or  for  providing  any  notices  contemplated  by  this  Plan,  which  deadlines  may  be  more  restrictive  than  any  deadlines
otherwise contemplated by this Plan); and (4) to make all other determinations and take such other action as contemplated by this Plan or
as may be necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan or the effectuation of its purposes. Notwithstanding  anything  else
contained in this Plan to the contrary, the Committee may also adopt rules, procedures or sub-plans applicable to particular Subsidiaries
or  locations,  which  sub-plans  may  be  designed  to  be  outside  the  scope  of  Section  423  of  the  Code  and  need  not  comply  with  the
otherwise applicable provisions of this Plan.
Decisions  of  the  Committee  are  Binding.  Any  action  taken  by,  or  inaction  of,  the  Corporation,  any  Subsidiary,  the  Board  or  the
Committee  relating  or  pursuant  to  this  Plan  and  within  its  authority  hereunder  or  under  applicable  law  shall  be  within  the  absolute
discretion of that entity or body and shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons.

Exhibit 10.2

(d)

(e)

(f)

Indemnification. Neither the Board nor any Committee, nor any member thereof or person acting at the direction thereof, shall be liable
for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with this Plan, and all such persons
shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Corporation in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including,
without limitation, attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors and
officers liability insurance coverage that may be in effect from time to time.
Reliance on Experts. In making any determination or in taking or not taking any action under this Plan, the Committee or the Board, as
the case may be, may obtain and may rely upon the advice of experts, including professional advisors to the Corporation. No director,
officer or agent of the Corporation or any Participating Subsidiary shall be liable for any such action or determination taken or made or
omitted in good faith.
Delegation. The  Committee  may  delegate  ministerial,  non-discretionary  functions  to  individuals  who  are  officers  or  employees  of  the
Corporation or a Subsidiary.

13.

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

If the Committee permits beneficiary designations with respect to this Plan, then each Participant may file, on a form and in a manner prescribed
by  the  Committee  (or  its  delegate),  a  written  designation  of  a  beneficiary  who  is  to  receive  any  shares  or  cash  from  or  with  respect  to  such
Participant’s  Account  under  this  Plan  in  the  event  of  such  Participant’s  death.  If  a  Participant  is  married  and  the  designated  beneficiary  is  not
solely his or her spouse, spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective unless it is established (to the satisfaction of the
Committee  or  its  delegate)  that  there  is  no  spouse  or  that  the  spouse  cannot  be  located.  The  Committee  may  rely  on  the  last  designation  of  a
beneficiary filed by a Participant in accordance with this Plan. Beneficiary designations may be changed by the Participant (and his or her spouse,
if required) at any time on forms provided and in the manner prescribed by the Committee (or its delegate).

If a Participant dies with no validly designated beneficiary under this Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death (or in the event the
Committee does not permit beneficiary designations under this Plan), the Corporation shall deliver all shares and/or cash payable pursuant to the
terms  hereof  to  the  executor  or  administrator  of  the  estate  of  the  Participant,  or  if  no  such  executor  or  administrator  has  been  appointed,  the
Corporation, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or
if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Corporation, then to such other person as the Corporation may designate.

If a Participant’s death occurs before the end of an Offering Period or subsequent to the end of an Offering Period but prior to the delivery to him
or her or for his or her benefit of any shares deliverable under the terms of this Plan, and the Corporation has notice of the Participant’s death, then
any shares purchased for that Offering Period and any remaining balance of such Participant’s Account shall be paid to such beneficiary (or such
other person entitled to such payment pursuant to this Section 13). If the Committee permits beneficiary designations with respect to this Plan, any
such designation shall have no effect with respect to shares purchased and actually delivered (or credited, as the case may be) to or for the benefit
of the Participant.

14.

TRANSFERABILITY

Neither  Contributions  credited  to  a  Participant’s  Account  nor  any  Options  or  rights  with  respect  to  the  exercise  of  Options  or  right  to  receive
shares under this Plan may be anticipated, alienated, encumbered, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than
by  will,  the  laws  of  descent  and  distribution,  or  as  provided  in  Section  13)  by  the  Participant.  Any  such  attempt  at  anticipation,  alienation,
encumbrance,  assignment,  transfer,  pledge  or  other  disposition  shall  be  without  effect  and  all  amounts  shall  be  paid  and  all  shares  shall  be
delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. Amounts payable or shares deliverable pursuant to this Plan shall be paid or delivered
only  to  (or  credited  in  the  name  of,  as  the  case  may  be)  the  Participant  or,  in  the  event  of  the  Participant’s  death,  the  Participant’s  beneficiary
pursuant to Section 13.

Exhibit 10.2

15.

USE OF FUNDS; INTEREST

All Contributions received or held by the Corporation under this Plan will be included in the general assets of the Corporation and may be used for
any corporate purpose. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, no interest will be paid to any Participant or credited to his
or her Account under this Plan (in respect of Account balances, refunds of Account balances, or otherwise). Amounts payable under this Plan shall
be payable in shares of Common Stock or from the general assets of the Corporation and, except for any shares that may be reserved on the books
of  the  Corporation  for  issuance  with  respect  to  this  Plan,  no  special  or  separate  reserve,  fund  or  deposit  shall  be  made  to  assure  payment  of
amounts that may be due with respect to this Plan.

16.

REPORTS

Statements shall be provided (either electronically or in written form, as the Committee may provide from time to time) to Participants as soon as
administratively practicable following each Purchase Date. Each Participant’s statement shall set forth, as of such Purchase Date, that Participant’s
Account balance immediately prior to the exercise of his or her Option, the Option Price, the number of whole shares purchased and his or her
remaining Account balance, if any.

17.

ADJUSTMENTS OF AND CHANGES IN THE STOCK

Upon or in contemplation of any reclassification, recapitalization, stock split (including a stock split in the form of a stock dividend), or reverse
stock split; any merger, combination, consolidation, or other reorganization; split-up, spin-off, or any similar extraordinary dividend distribution in
respect  of  the  Common  Stock  (whether  in  the  form  of  securities  or  property);  any  exchange  of  Common  Stock  or  other  securities  of  the
Corporation, or any similar, unusual or extraordinary corporate transaction in respect of the Common Stock; or a sale of substantially all the assets
of the Corporation as an entirety occurs; then the Committee shall equitably and proportionately adjust (1) the number and type of shares or the
number and type of other securities that thereafter may be made the subject of Options (including the specific maxima and numbers of shares set
forth elsewhere in this Plan), (2) the number, amount and type of shares (or other securities or property) subject to any or all outstanding Options,
(3)  the  Option  Price  of  any  or  all  outstanding  Options,  and/or  (4)  the  securities,  cash  or  other  property  deliverable  upon  exercise  of  any
outstanding Options, in each case to the extent necessary to preserve (but not increase) the level of incentives intended by this Plan and the then-
outstanding Options.

Upon the occurrence of any event described in the preceding paragraph, or any other event in which the Corporation does not survive (or does not
survive as a public company in respect of its Common Stock); then the Committee may make provision for a cash payment or for the substitution
or exchange of any or all outstanding Options for cash, securities or property to be delivered to the holders of any or all outstanding Options based
upon the distribution or consideration payable to holders of the Common Stock upon or in respect of such event.

The  Committee  may  adopt  such  valuation  methodologies  for  outstanding  Options  as  it  deems  reasonable  in  the  event  of  a  cash  or  property
settlement and, without limitation on other methodologies, may base such settlement solely upon the excess (if any) of the amount payable upon or
in respect of such event over the Option Price of the Option.

In  any  of  such  events,  the  Committee  may  take  such  action  sufficiently  prior  to  such  event  to  the  extent  that  the  Committee  deems  the  action
necessary to permit the Participant to realize the benefits intended to be conveyed with respect to the underlying shares in the same manner as is or
will be available to shareholders generally.

18.

POSSIBLE EARLY TERMINATION OF PLAN AND OPTIONS

Upon a dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or any other event described in Section 17 that the Corporation does not survive or does not
survive as a publicly-traded company in respect of its Common Stock, as the case may be, this Plan and, if prior to the last day of an Offering
Period, any outstanding Option granted with respect to that Offering Period shall terminate, subject to any provision that has been expressly made
by the Board for the survival,

Exhibit 10.2

substitution, assumption, exchange or other settlement of this Plan and Options. In the event a Participant’s Option is terminated pursuant to this
Section 18 without a provision having been made by the Board for a substitution, exchange or other settlement of the Option, such Participant’s
Account shall be paid to him or her in cash without interest.

19.

TERM OF PLAN; AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

(a)

(b)

(c)

Effective Date; Termination. Subject to Section 19(b), this Plan shall become effective as of the Effective Date. No new Offering Periods
shall  commence  on  or  after  the  tenth  anniversary  of  the  Effective  Date,  and  this  Plan  shall  terminate  as  of  the  Purchase  Date  on  or
immediately following such date unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 18 or this Section 19. In the event that during a particular
Purchase Period all of the shares of Common Stock made available under this Plan are subscribed prior to the expiration of this Plan, this
Plan and all outstanding Options hereunder shall terminate at the end of that Purchase Period and the shares available shall be allocated
for purchase by Participants in that Purchase Period on a pro-rata basis determined with respect to Participants’ Account balances.
Board Amendment Authority. The Board may, at any time, terminate or, from time to time, amend, modify or suspend this Plan, in whole
or  in  part  and  without  notice.  Shareholder  approval  for  any  amendment  or  modification  shall  not  be  required,  except  to  the  extent
required  by  law  or  applicable  stock  exchange  rules,  or  required  under  Section  423  of  the  Code  in  order  to  preserve  the  intended  tax
consequences of this Plan. No Options may be granted during any suspension of this Plan or after the termination of this Plan, but the
Committee will retain jurisdiction as to Options then outstanding in accordance with the terms of this Plan. No amendment, modification,
or termination pursuant to this Section 19(b) shall, without written consent of the Participant, affect in any manner materially adverse to
the Participant any rights or benefits of such Participant or obligations of the Corporation under any Option granted under this Plan prior
to the effective date of such change. Changes contemplated by Section 17 or Section 18 shall not be deemed to constitute changes or
amendments requiring Participant consent.
Certain Additional Committee Authority. Notwithstanding the amendment provisions of Section 19(b) and without limiting the Board’s
authority thereunder and without limiting the Committee’s authority pursuant to any other provision of this Plan, the Committee shall
have the right (1) to designate from time to time the Subsidiaries whose employees may be eligible to participate in this Plan (including,
without limitation, any Subsidiary that may first become such after the date shareholders first approve this Plan) (each a “Participating
Subsidiary”), and (2) to change the service and other qualification requirements set forth under the definition of Eligible Employee in
Section 2 (subject to the requirements of Section 423(b) of the Code and applicable rules and regulations thereunder). Any such change
shall not take effect earlier than the first Purchase Period that starts on or after the effective date of such change. Any such change shall
not require shareholder approval.

20.

NOTICES

All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Corporation contemplated by this Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when
received in the form and manner specified by the Committee (or its delegate) at the location, or by the person, designated by the Committee (or its
delegate) for that purpose.

21.

CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

This Plan, the granting of Options under this Plan and the offer, issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock are subject to compliance with
all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to state and federal securities laws) and to such approvals by
any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, be necessary or advisable in connection
therewith. The person acquiring any securities under this Plan will, if requested by the Corporation and as a condition precedent to the exercise of
his or her Option, provide such assurances and representations to the Corporation as the Committee may deem necessary or desirable to assure
compliance with all applicable legal requirements.

Exhibit 10.2

22.

PLAN CONSTRUCTION

(a)

(b)

(c)

Section 16. It is the intent of the Corporation that transactions involving Options under this Plan (other than “Discretionary Transactions”
as that term is defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(1) promulgated by the Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to the extent there are
any Discretionary Transactions under this Plan), in the case of Participants who are or may be subject to the prohibitions of Section 16 of
the Exchange Act, satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3(c) promulgated by the Commission under Section 16 of the
Exchange Act to the maximum extent possible. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall have no liability to any Participant
for Section 16 consequences of Options or other events with respect to this Plan.
Section 423. Except as the Committee may expressly provide in the case of one or more sub-plans adopted pursuant to Section 12(b), this
Plan and Options are intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. Accordingly, all Participants are to have the same rights and
privileges (within the meaning of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code and except as not required thereunder to qualify this Plan under Section
423) under this Plan, subject to differences in Compensation among Participants and subject to the Contribution and share limits of this
Plan.
Interpretation. If any provision of this Plan or of any Option would otherwise frustrate or conflict with the intents expressed above, that
provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted so as to avoid such conflict. If the conflict remains irreconcilable, the Committee may
disregard the provision if it concludes that to do so furthers the interest of the Corporation and is consistent with the purposes of this Plan
as to such persons in the circumstances.

23.

EMPLOYEES’ RIGHTS

(a)

(b)

(c)

No Employment Rights. Nothing in this Plan (or in any Subscription Agreement or other document related to this Plan) will confer upon
any Eligible Employee or Participant any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, constitute
any contract or agreement of employment or other service or effect an employee’s status as an employee at will, nor shall interfere in any
way with the right of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to change such person’s compensation or other benefits or to terminate his or her
employment or other service, with or without cause. Nothing contained in this Section 23(a), however, is intended to adversely affect any
express independent right of any such person under a separate employment or service contract other than a Subscription Agreement.
No Rights to Assets of the Company. No Participant or other person will have any right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset
(including shares of Common Stock) of the Corporation or any Subsidiary by reason of any Option hereunder. Neither the provisions of
this Plan (or of any Subscription Agreement or other document related to this Plan), nor the creation or adoption of this Plan, nor any
action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan will create, or be construed to create, a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship
between the Corporation or any Subsidiary and any Participant, Beneficiary or other person. To the extent that a Participant, Beneficiary
or other person acquires a right to receive payment pursuant to this Plan, such right will be no greater than the right of any unsecured
general creditor of the Corporation.
No  Shareholder  Rights. A  Participant  will  not  be  entitled  to  any  privilege  of  stock  ownership  as  to  any  shares  of  Common  Stock  not
actually delivered to and held of record by the Participant. No adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights as a shareholder for
which a record date is prior to such date of delivery.

24.

MISCELLANEOUS

(a)

(b)

Governing Law. This  Plan,  the  Options,  Subscription  Agreements  and  other  documents  related  to  this  Plan  shall  be  governed  by,  and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Oregon.
Severability. If any provision shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable, the remaining provisions
of this Plan shall continue in effect.

Exhibit 10.2

(c)

(d)

Captions and Headings. Captions and headings are given to the sections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such
captions  and  headings  shall  not  be  deemed  in  any  way  material  or  relevant  to  the  construction  of  interpretation  of  this  Plan  or  any
provision hereof.
No  Effect  on  Other  Plans  or  Corporate  Authority.  The  adoption  of  this  Plan  shall  not  affect  any  other  Corporation  or  Subsidiary
compensation or incentive plans in effect. Nothing in this Plan will limit or be deemed to limit the authority of the Board or Committee
(1)  to  establish  any  other  forms  of  incentives  or  compensation  for  employees  of  the  Corporation  or  any  Subsidiary  (with  or  without
reference to the Common Stock), or (2) to grant or assume options (outside the scope of and in addition to those contemplated by this
Plan) in connection with any proper corporate purpose; to the extent consistent with any other plan or authority. Benefits received by a
Participant under an Option granted pursuant to this Plan shall not be deemed a part of the Participant’s compensation for purposes of the
determination of benefits under any other employee welfare or benefit plans or arrangements, if any, provided by the Corporation or any
Subsidiary,  except  where  the  Committee  or  the  Board  (or  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Subsidiary  that  sponsors  such  plan  or
arrangement, as applicable) expressly otherwise provides or authorizes in writing.

25.

TAX WITHHOLDING

Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Plan herein to the contrary, the Corporation may deduct from a Participant’s Account balance as of
a Purchase Date, before the exercise of the Participant’s Option is given effect on such date, the amount of taxes (if any) which the Corporation
reasonably determines it or any Subsidiary may be required to withhold with respect to such exercise. In such event, the maximum number of
whole shares subject to such Option (subject to the other limits set forth in this Plan) shall be purchased at the Option Price with the balance of the
Participant’s Account (after reduction for the tax withholding amount).

Should  the  Corporation  for  any  reason  be  unable,  or  elect  not  to,  satisfy  its  or  any  Subsidiary’s  tax  withholding  obligations  in  the  manner
described in the preceding paragraph with respect to a Participant’s exercise of an Option, or should the Corporation or any Subsidiary reasonably
determine that it or an affiliated entity has a tax withholding obligation with respect to a disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of
an Option prior to satisfaction of the holding period requirements of Section 423 of the Code, the Corporation or Subsidiary, as the case may be,
shall have the right at its option to (1) require the Participant to pay or provide for payment of the amount of any taxes which the Corporation or
Subsidiary  reasonably  determines  that  it  or  any  affiliate  is  required  to  withhold  with  respect  to  such  event  or  (2)  deduct  from  any  amount
otherwise payable to or for the account of the Participant the amount of any taxes which the Corporation or Subsidiary reasonably determines that
it or any affiliate is required to withhold with respect to such event.

26.

NOTICE OF SALE

Any person who has acquired shares under this Plan shall give prompt written notice to the Corporation of any sale or other transfer of the shares
if such sale or transfer occurs (1) within the two-year period after the Grant Date of the Offering Period with respect to which such shares were
acquired, or (2) within the twelve-month period after the Purchase Date of the Purchase Period with respect to which such shares were acquired.

Exhibit 10.3

PIXELWORKS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Stock Incentive Plan are to attract, retain and reward individuals who can and do contribute to
the Company's success by providing Employees and Consultants an opportunity to share in the equity of the Company and to more closely
align their interests with the Company and its shareholders.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

2.1. Administrator” shall mean the Board or any of its Committees appointed to administer the Plan, in accordance with Section 4.1.

2.2. “Award” shall mean an award of an Option, SAR or Sale of Shares under the Plan.

2.3. “Award Agreement” shall mean a written agreement between the Company and a Grantee evidencing the terms and conditions of

an individual Award grant. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

2.4. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.6. “Committee” shall mean a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Plan.

2.7. “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company.

2.8. “Company” shall mean Pixelworks, Inc., an Oregon corporation.

2.9. “Consultant”  shall  mean  any  non-Employee  who  is  engaged  by  the  Company  or  any  Parent  or  Subsidiary  to  render  consulting

services and is compensated for such consulting services and any Director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

2.10. “Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant” shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an
Employee  or  Consultant.  Continuous  Status  as  an  Employee  or  Consultant  shall  not  be  considered  interrupted  in  the  case  of:  (i)  any  sick
leave,  military  leave,  or  any  other  leave  of  absence  approved  by  the  Company;  provided,  however,  that  for  purposes  of  Incentive  Stock
Options, any such leave is for a period of not more than ninety days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by
contract or statute, provided, further, that on the ninety-first day of such leave (where re-employment is not guaranteed by contract or statute)
the Grantee's Incentive Stock Option shall automatically convert to a Nonqualified Stock Option; or (ii) transfers between locations of the
Company or between the Company, its Parent, its Subsidiaries or its successor.

2.11. “Director” shall mean a member of the Board.

2.12. “Disability” shall mean total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

2.13. “Employee”  shall  mean  any  person,  including  Officers  and  Directors,  employed  by  the  Company  or  any  Parent  or  Subsidiary.
Neither the payment of a director's fee by the Company nor service as a Director or Consultant shall be sufficient to constitute “employment”
by the Company.

Exhibit 10.3

2.14. “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.15. “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

2.15.1. If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the
Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a
Share (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The
Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; provided, if the date of determination does not fall on a day on
which  the  Common  Stock  has  traded  on  such  securities  exchange  or  market  system,  the  date  on  which  the  Fair  Market  Value  shall  be
established shall be the last day on which the Common Stock was so traded prior to the date of determination, or such other appropriate day
as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion;

2.15.2. If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, Fair Market Value
shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal
or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; provided, if the date of determination does not fall on a day on which the Common
Stock has been so quoted, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Common Stock was
so quoted prior to the date of determination, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion;

2.15.3. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be determined in good

faith by the Administrator.

2.16. “Grantee” shall mean an Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Award hereunder, or the permitted successor or legal

representative of such Employee or Consultant.

2.17.  “Incentive  Stock  Option”  shall  mean  an  Option  intended  to  qualify  as  an  incentive  stock  option  within  the  meaning  of

Section 422 of the Code.

2.18. “Nonqualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of

Section 422 of the Code.

2.19. “Notice of Grant”  shall  mean  a  written  notice  evidencing  certain  terms  and  conditions  of  an  individual  Award.  The  Notice  of

Grant is part of the Award Agreement.

2.20. “Officer” shall mean a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the

rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.21. “Option” shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.22. “Optioned Stock” shall mean the Shares subject to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

2.23. “Parent” shall mean a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.24. “Performance Criteria” shall mean a formula or standard determined at the discretion of the Administrator with respect to a
Performance Period utilizing one or more of the following factors, whether in absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more
similarly  situated  companies  or  a  published  index:  (i)  operating  income,  operating  cash  flow  and  operating  expense;  (ii)  earnings  before
interest, taxes, depreciation and

Exhibit 10.3

amortization; (iii) earnings; (iv) cash flow; (v) market share; (vi) sales; (vii) revenue; (viii) profits before interest and taxes; (ix) expenses; (x)
cost of goods sold; (xi) profit/loss or profit margin; (xii) working capital; (xiii) return on capital, equity or assets; (xiv) earnings per share;
(xv)  economic  value  added;  (xvi)  stock  price;  (xvii)  price/earnings  ratio;  (xviii)  debt  or  debt-to-equity;  (xix)  accounts  receivable;  (xx)
writeoffs; (xxi) cash; (xxii) assets; (xxiii) liquidity; (xxiv) operations; (xxv) intellectual property (e.g., patents); (xxvi) product development;
(xxvii) regulatory activity; (xxviii) manufacturing, production or inventory; (xxix) mergers and acquisitions or divestitures; (xxx) financings;
(xxxi)  total  shareholder  return;  and/or  (xxxii)  any  other  performance  factor  selected  by  the  Administrator.  Performance  Criteria  may  be
established  on  a  Company-wide  basis  or  with  respect  to  one  or  more  business  units,  divisions,  or  Subsidiaries.  When  establishing
Performance Criteria for a Performance Period, the Administrator may exclude any or all “extraordinary items” as determined under U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles including, without limitation, the charges or costs associated with restructurings of the Company or
any  Subsidiary,  discontinued  operations,  other  unusual  or  non-recurring  items,  and  the  cumulative  effects  of  accounting  changes.  The
Administrator may also adjust the Performance Criteria for any Performance Period as it deems equitable in recognition of unusual or non-
recurring events affecting the Company, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles, or such other factors as the Administrator
may determine.

2.25.  “Performance  Period”  shall  mean  the  period  selected  by  the  Administrator  during  which  performance  is  measured  for  the

purpose of determining the extent to which an Award subject to Performance Criteria has been earned.

2.26. “Plan” shall mean this Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

2.27. “Rule 16b-3” shall mean Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being

exercised with respect to the Plan.

2.28. “Sale” or “Sold” shall include, with respect to the sale of Shares under the Plan, the sale of Shares for any form of consideration
specified in Section 8.2, as well as a grant of Shares for consideration in the form of past or future services. For purposes of clarity, a “Sale”
of  Shares  or  Shares  “Sold”  shall  include,  without  limitation,  awards  of  stock  bonuses,  restricted  stock,  stock  units,  performance  stock,
performance  units  or  similar  rights  to  acquire  Shares,  whether  upon  the  passage  of  time,  the  occurrence  of  one  or  more  events,  the
satisfaction of Performance Criteria or other conditions, or any combination thereof.

2.29. “Share” shall mean a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.

2.30. “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” shall mean a right to receive from the Company, with respect to each Share as to which
the SAR is exercised, payment in an amount equal to the excess of the Share's Fair Market Value on the exercise date over its Fair Market
Value on the date the SAR was granted. Such payment will be made solely in Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date.

2.31. “Subsidiary” shall mean a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

3.1. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.2 below and the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of
Shares which may be subject to Awards under the Plan is 22,683,333 shares. (All share limits in the Plan are presented after giving effect to
the Company's 1-for-3 stock split in June 2008.) The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. Shares issued in
respect of any “full-value award” granted under the Plan shall be counted against the foregoing share limit for the Plan as 1.33 shares for
every one share issued in connection with such award. (For example, if a stock bonus of 100 shares of Common Stock is granted

Exhibit 10.3

under  the  Plan,  133  shares  shall  be  charged  against  the  share  limit  in  connection  with  that  award.)  For  this  purpose,  a  “full-value  award”
means any Award under the Plan that is not an Option or SAR.

3.2. If an Option or SAR should expire, or become unexercisable for any reason, or is otherwise terminated or forfeited, without having
been exercised in full, the Optioned Stock which was subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for
future Option or SAR grants and/or Sales under the Plan. If any Shares issued pursuant to a Sale or exercise of an Option or SAR shall be
reacquired, canceled or forfeited for any reason, such Shares shall become available for future Option or SAR grants and/or Sales under the
Plan, unless the Plan shall have been terminated. If any reacquired, canceled or forfeited Shares were originally issued upon exercise of an
Incentive Stock Option, then once so reacquired, canceled or forfeited, such Shares shall not be considered to have been issued for purposes
of applying the limitation set forth in Section 3.3 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shares of Stock may not again be made
available for issuance as awards under the Plan: (i) shares of Stock not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of an outstanding
Option or SAR, (ii) shares of Stock used to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes related to an outstanding award, or (iii) shares of
Stock repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of the exercise price of an Option.

3.3.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Section  3,  but  subject  to  the  adjustment  provisions  of  Section  11.1  of  the  Plan,  the

maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be 22,683,333.

4. Administration of the Plan.

4.1. Procedure.

4.1.1. Multiple Administrative Committees. If permitted by Rule 16b-3, the Plan may be administered by different Committees with

respect to Directors, Officers who are not Directors, and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.

4.1.2. Administration With Respect to Directors and Officers Subject to Section 16(b). With respect to Award grants to Employees
who are also Officers or Directors subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, if the Board
may administer the Plan in compliance with the rules governing a plan intended to qualify as a discretionary plan under Rule 16b-3, or (B) a
Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with the rules, if any, governing
a plan intended to qualify as a discretionary plan under Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated
capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional
members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members
of  the  Committee  and  thereafter  directly  administer  the  Plan,  all  to  the  extent  permitted  by  the  rules,  if  any,  governing  a  plan  intended  to
qualify as a discretionary plan under Rule 16b-3. With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, transactions under the
Plan  are  intended  to  comply  with  all  applicable  conditions  of  Rule  16b-3.  To  the  extent  any  provision  of  the  Plan  or  action  by  the
Administrator fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Administrator.

4.1.3. Administration With Respect to Other Persons. With respect to Award grants to Employees or Consultants who are neither
Directors  nor  Officers  of  the  Company,  the  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  the  Board  or  a  Committee  designated  by  the  Board,  which
Committee  shall  be  constituted  to  satisfy  the  legal  requirements  relating  to  the  administration  of  stock  option  plans  under  applicable
corporate and securities laws and the Code. Once appointed, such Committee shall serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by
the Board. The Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without

Exhibit 10.3

cause)  and  substitute  new  members,  fill  vacancies  (however  caused),  and  remove  all  members  of  the  Committee  and  thereafter  directly
administer  the  Plan,  all  to  the  extent  permitted  by  the  legal  requirements  relating  to  the  administration  of  stock  option  plans  under  state
corporate and securities laws and the Code.

4.2. Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties

delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

4.2.1. to grant Awards or SARs;

4.2.2. to authorize Sales of Shares hereunder;

4.2.3. to determine, upon review of relevant information, the Fair Market Value of a Share;

4.2.4.  to  determine  the  exercise/purchase  price  per  Share  of  Options  or  SARs  to  be  granted  or  Shares  to  be  Sold,  which

exercise/purchase price shall be determined in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Plan;

4.2.5. to determine the Employees or Consultants to whom, and the time or times at which, Options or SARs shall be granted and the

number of Shares to be represented by each Option or SAR;

4.2.6. to determine the Employees or Consultants to whom, and the time or times at which, Shares shall be Sold and the number of

Shares to be Sold;

4.2.7. to administer and interpret the Plan;

4.2.8. to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan;

4.2.9. to determine the terms and provisions of each Option or SAR granted (which need not be identical) and, with the consent of the

holder thereof, modify or amend each Option or SAR;

4.2.10.  to  determine  the  terms  and  provisions  of  each  Sale  of  Shares  (which  need  not  be  identical)  and,  with  the  consent  of  the

purchaser thereof, modify or amend each Sale;

4.2.11. to accelerate (with the consent of the Grantee) the exercise date of any Option;

4.2.12.  to  accelerate  (with  the  consent  of  the  Grantee  or  purchaser  of  Shares)  the  vesting  restrictions  applicable  to  Shares  Sold  or

Options or SARs granted under the Plan;

4.2.13. to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option, SAR

or Sale of Shares previously granted or authorized by the Administrator;

4.2.14. to determine the transfer or vesting restrictions, repurchase rights or other restrictions applicable to Shares issued under the Plan;

4.2.15. to establish, on a case-by-case basis, different terms and conditions pertaining to exercise or vesting rights upon termination of

employment, but only at the time of an Option or SAR grant or Sale of Shares;

4.2.16. to approve forms for use under the Plan; and

4.2.17. to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without
limitation, any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend,

Exhibit 10.3

recapitalization,  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  split-up,  spin-off,  combination,  or  exchange  of  shares),  the  terms  of  outstanding
awards may not be amended to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Options or SARs or cancel outstanding Options or SARs in exchange
for cash, other awards or Options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original Options or SARs without
shareholder approval.

4.3.  Effect  of  Administrator's  Decision.  All  decisions,  determinations  and  interpretations  of  the  Administrator  shall  be  final  and

binding on all Grantees and any other holders of any Shares Sold under the Plan.

5. Eligibility.

5.1. Persons Eligible.  Awards  may  be  granted  only  to  Employees  and  Consultants.  Incentive  Stock  Options  may  be  granted  only  to
Employees.  An  Employee  or  Consultant  who  has  been  granted  an  Award  may,  if  he  or  she  is  otherwise  eligible,  be  granted  additional
Awards.

5.2.  ISO  Limitation.  To  the  extent  that  the  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value  of  Shares  subject  to  a  Grantee's  Incentive  Stock  Options
granted by the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary which become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of
the  Company  or  any  Parent  or  Subsidiary)  exceeds  $100,000,  such  excess  Options  shall  be  treated  as  Nonqualified  Stock  Options.  For
purposes of this Section 5.2, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market
Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant.

5.3. Section 5.2 Limitations. Section 5.2 of the Plan shall apply only to an Option evidenced by an Award Agreement which sets forth
the intention of the Company and the Grantee that such Option shall qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Section 5.2 of the Plan shall not
apply to any Option evidenced by an Award Agreement which sets forth the intention of the Company and the Grantee that such Option shall
be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

5.4.  No  Right  to  Continued  Employment.  The  Plan  shall  not  confer  upon  any  Grantee  any  right  with  respect  to  continuation  of
employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company's right to
terminate their employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

5.5. Other Limitations. The following limitations shall apply to grants of Options or SARs to Employees:

5.5.1. No Employee shall be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, Options or SARs to acquire more than 250,000 Shares.

5.5.2. In connection with his or her initial employment, an Employee may be granted Options or SARs for up to an additional 250,000

Shares which shall not count against the limit set forth in subsection 5.5.1 above.

5.5.3.  The  foregoing  limitations  shall  be  adjusted  proportionately  in  connection  with  any  change  in  the  Company's  capitalization  as

described in Section 11.

6. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the shareholders of
the Company as described in Section 17 of the Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years, unless sooner terminated under
Section 13 of the Plan. However, if the Company's shareholders approve an increase in the number of Shares available for issuance under
section 3.1, such increase shall be deemed the adoption of a new plan with respect to the increased number of Shares, which may be issued
for a term of ten (10) years following the date of such increase.

Exhibit 10.3

7. Term of Options and SARs. The term of each Option and SAR shall be stated in the Notice of Grant; provided, however, that in no event
shall the term of any Option or SAR exceed six (6) years from the date of grant. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to
a Grantee who, on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date
of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Notice of Grant.

8. Exercise/Purchase Price and Consideration.

8.1. Exercise/Purchase Price. The per Share exercise/purchase price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option or

SAR or a Sale of Shares shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

8.1.1. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(1) granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, owns more than ten percent (10%) of the
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be at least one hundred ten
percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of the grant.

(2) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be at least one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market

Value on the date of grant.

8.1.2.  In  the  case  of  a  Nonqualified  Stock  Option,  SAR  or  Sale,  the  per  Share  exercise/purchase  price  shall  be  at  least  one  hundred

percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant or Sale, as the case may be.

8.2. Consideration. The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or pursuant to a Sale, including
the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine
the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist of:

8.2.1. cash;

8.2.2. check;

8.2.3. promissory note;

8.2.4. transfer to the Company of Shares which

(1) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Grantee for more than six months on the date of

transfer, and

(2) have a Fair Market Value on the date of transfer equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares to be acquired;

8.2.5.  if  and  so  long  as  the  Common  Stock  is  registered  under  Section  12(b)  or  12(g)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  delivery  of  a  properly
executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan
proceeds required to pay the exercise price;

8.2.6. such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by legal requirements relating

to the administration of stock option plans and issuances of capital stock under applicable corporate and securities laws and the Code; or

Exhibit 10.3

8.2.7. any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

If the Fair Market Value of the number of whole Shares transferred or the number of whole Shares surrendered is less than the total
exercise price of the Option, the shortfall must be made up in cash or by check. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.2,
the consideration for Shares to be issued pursuant to a Sale may not include, in whole or in part, the consideration set forth in subsection
8.2.5 above.

9. Exercise of Option or SAR.

9.1. Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option or SAR granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and
under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, including Performance Criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Grantee,
and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan.

An Option or SAR may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. If the exercise of a SAR would result in the issuance of a fractional

Share, the Shares to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole Share.

An Option or SAR shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance
with the terms of the Option or SAR by the Grantee and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been
received  by  the  Company.  Full  payment  may,  as  authorized  by  the  Administrator,  consist  of  any  consideration  and  method  of  payment
allowable under the Award Agreement and Section 8.2 of the Plan. Each Grantee who exercises an Option or SAR shall, upon notification of
the  amount  due  (if  any)  and  prior  to  or  concurrent  with  delivery  of  the  certificate  representing  the  Shares,  pay  to  the  Company  amounts
necessary to satisfy applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. A Grantee must also provide a duly executed copy of
any stock transfer agreement then in effect and determined to be applicable by the Administrator. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the
appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing
such  Shares,  no  right  to  vote  or  receive  dividends  or  any  other  rights  as  a  shareholder  shall  exist  with  respect  to  the  Optioned  Stock
represented by such stock certificate, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option or SAR. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other
right  for  which  the  record  date  is  prior  to  the  date  the  stock  certificate  is  issued,  except  as  provided  in  Section  11  of  the  Plan.  Subject  to
section 3, exercise of an Option or settlement of a SAR shall decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan
and for issuance under the Option or SAR by the number of Shares issued upon such exercise.

9.2.  Termination  of  Employment  or  Consulting  Relationship.  In  the  event  that  a  Grantee's  Continuous  Status  as  an  Employee  or
Consultant terminates (other than upon the Grantee's death or Disability), the Grantee may exercise his or her Option or SAR, but only within
such period of time as is determined by the Administrator, and only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise it at the date of
termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Notice of Grant). In the case of an
Incentive  Stock  Option,  the  Administrator  shall  determine  such  period  of  time  (in  no  event  to  exceed  three  (3)  months  from  the  date  of
termination) when the Option is granted. If, at the date of termination, the Grantee is not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option or SAR,
the unexercisable portion of the Option or SAR shall, unless otherwise expressly provided by the Administrator, terminate on the date of such
termination and the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Grantee does not exercise the remaining
portion of his or her Option or SAR within the time specified by the Administrator, such portion of the Option or SAR shall terminate, and
the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan.

9.3. Disability of Grantee. In the event that a Grantee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates as a result of the
Grantee's  Disability,  the  Grantee  may  exercise  his  or  her  Option  or  SAR  at  any  time  within  twelve  (12)  months  from  the  date  of  such
termination, but only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to

Exhibit 10.3

exercise it at the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the
Notice  of  Grant).  If,  at  the  date  of  termination,  the  Grantee  is  not  entitled  to  exercise  his  or  her  entire  Option  or  SAR,  the  unexercisable
portion of the Option or SAR shall, unless otherwise expressly provided by the Administrator, terminate on the date of such termination and
the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Grantee does not exercise the remaining portion of his or
her  Option  or  SAR  within  the  time  specified  herein,  such  portion  of  the  Option  or  SAR  shall  terminate,  and  the  Shares  covered  by  such
portion shall revert to the Plan.

9.4.  Death  of  Grantee.  In  the  event  of  the  death  of  a  Grantee,  the  Option  or  SAR  may  be  exercised  at  any  time  within  twelve
(12) months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Notice
of Grant), by the Grantee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance, but only to
the  extent  that  the  Grantee  was  entitled  to  exercise  the  Option  or  SAR  at  the  date  of  death.  If,  at  the  time  of  death,  the  Grantee  was  not
entitled  to  exercise  his  or  her  entire  Option  or  SAR,  the  unexercisable  portion  of  the  Option  or  SAR  shall,  unless  otherwise  expressly
provided by the Administrator, terminate on the date of such termination and the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan. If,
after death, the Grantee's estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance does not exercise
the  remaining  portion  of  the  Option  or  SAR  within  the  time  specified  herein,  such  portion  of  the  Option  or  SAR  shall  terminate,  and  the
Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan.

9.5. Rule 16b-3. Options or SARs, as well as Sales of Shares, granted to persons subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act must
comply  with  Rule  16b-3  and  shall  contain  such  additional  conditions  or  restrictions  as  may  be  required  thereunder  to  qualify  for  the
maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Plan transactions.

10. Nontransferability of Awards. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Award Agreement, an Award may not be sold, pledged,
assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be
exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee or, if incapacitated, by his or her legal guardian or legal representative.

11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger.

11.1. Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common
Stock covered by each outstanding Award and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the
Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award,
as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase
or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or
reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without
receipt  of  consideration  by  the  Company;  provided,  however,  that  conversion  of  any  convertible  securities  of  the  Company  shall  not  be
deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination
in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of
any  class,  or  securities  convertible  into  shares  of  stock  of  any  class,  shall  affect,  and  no  adjustment  by  reason  thereof  shall  be  made  with
respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.

Exhibit 10.3

11.2. Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each outstanding Award will
terminate  immediately  prior  to  the  consummation  of  such  proposed  action,  unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  Administrator.  The
Administrator may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Award shall terminate as of a date fixed by the
Board and, in the case of Options and SARs, give each Grantee the right to exercise Grantee's Option or SAR as to all or any part of the
Optioned Stock subject to the Option or SAR, including Shares as to which the Option or SAR would not otherwise be exercisable.

11.3.  Merger  or  Asset  Sale.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  an  Award  Agreement,  in  the  event  of  a  proposed  sale  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Award shall
be assumed or an equivalent award shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of such successor corporation,
unless the Administrator determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu of such assumption or substitution, that, in the case of
Options and SARs, each Grantee shall have the right to exercise the Grantee's Options or SARs as to all or any part of the Optioned Stock
subject  to  the  Option  or  SAR,  including  Shares  as  to  which  the  Option  or  SAR  would  not  otherwise  be  exercisable.  If  the  Administrator
determines that an Option or SAR shall be exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the
Administrator shall notify the Grantee that the Option or SAR shall be so exercisable for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such
notice or such shorter period as the Administrator may specify in the notice, and the Option or SAR will terminate upon the expiration of
such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or SAR shall be considered assumed or substituted if, following the merger or
sale of assets, the Option or SAR confers the right to purchase, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or SAR immediately
prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of
assets  by  holders  of  Common  Stock  for  each  Share  held  on  the  effective  date  of  the  transaction  (and  if  holders  were  offered  a  choice  of
consideration,  the  type  of  consideration  chosen  by  the  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  outstanding  Shares);  provided,  however,  that  if  such
consideration  received  in  the  merger  or  sale  of  assets  was  not  solely  common  stock  of  the  successor  corporation  or  its  Parent,  the
Administrator  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  successor  corporation,  provide  for  the  consideration  to  be  received  upon  the  exercise  of  the
Option or SAR, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or SAR, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or
its Parent substantially equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale
of assets. The determination of such substantial equality of value of consideration shall be made by the Administrator and its determination
shall be conclusive and binding.

12.  Time  of  Granting  Awards.  The  date  of  grant  of  an  Award  shall,  for  all  purposes,  be  the  date  on  which  the  Administrator  makes  the
determination granting such Award (or such later date as the Administrator may establish at the time of granting the Award). Notice of the
determination shall be given to each Grantee within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

13. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

13.1. Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may

deem advisable.

13.2.  Shareholder  Approval.  The  Company  shall  obtain  shareholder  approval  of  any  Plan  amendment  to  the  extent  necessary  and
desirable  to  comply  with  Rule  16b-3  or  with  Section  422  of  the  Code  (or  any  successor  rule  or  statute  or  other  applicable  law,  rule  or
regulation,  including  the  requirements  of  any  exchange  or  quotation  system  on  which  the  Common  Stock  is  listed  or  quoted).  Such
shareholder  approval,  if  required,  shall  be  obtained  in  such  a  manner  and  to  such  a  degree  as  is  required  by  the  applicable  law,  rule  or
regulation.

Exhibit 10.3

13.3. Effect of Amendment or Termination. Any such amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Awards already granted,
and such Awards shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise
between the Grantee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Grantee and the Administrator.

14. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, SAR or a Sale unless the exercise
of  such  Option,  SAR  or  consummation  of  the  Sale  and  the  issuance  and  delivery  of  such  Shares  pursuant  thereto  shall  comply  with  all
relevant  provisions  of  law,  including,  without  limitation,  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  applicable  state  securities  laws,  the
Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange (including Nasdaq) upon which
the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

15. Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as
shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

16. Liability of Company.

16.1. Inability to Obtain Authority. Inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which
authority  is  deemed  by  the  Company's  counsel  to  be  necessary  to  the  lawful  issuance  and  sale  of  any  Shares  hereunder,  shall  relieve  the
Company  of  any  liability  in  respect  of  the  failure  to  issue  or  sell  such  Shares  as  to  which  such  requisite  authority  shall  not  have  been
obtained.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option or SAR or a Sale, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or SAR or to
whom Shares are being Sold to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or Sale that the Shares are being purchased only for
investment  and  without  any  present  intention  to  sell  or  distribute  such  Shares  if,  in  the  opinion  of  counsel  for  the  Company,  such  a
representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

16.2. Grants Exceeding Allotted Shares. If the grant of an Award causes the aggregate number of Shares previously issued under the
Plan and subject to then-outstanding Awards under the Plan to exceed, as of the date of grant, the number of Shares which may be issued
under  the  Plan  without  additional  shareholder  approval,  such  Award  shall  be  void  with  respect  to  such  excess  Shares,  unless  shareholder
approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of Shares subject to the Plan is timely obtained in accordance with Section 13
of the Plan.

17.  Shareholder  Approval.  Continuance  of  the  Plan  shall  be  subject  to  approval  by  the  shareholders  of  the  Company  within  twelve
(12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required
under applicable federal and state law.

18. Tax Withholding. Upon any exercise, vesting, or payment of any Award, or upon the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired
pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option prior to satisfaction of the holding period requirements of Section 422 of the Code, or
upon any other tax withholding event with respect to any award, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries shall have the right at its option to:

(a) require the Grantee (or the Grantee's personal representative or beneficiary, as the case may be) to pay or provide for payment of at
least the minimum amount of any taxes which the Company or one of its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold with respect to such
Award event or payment; or

(b)  deduct  from  any  amount  otherwise  payable  in  cash  (whether  related  to  the  Award  or  otherwise)  to  the  Grantee  (or  the  Grantee's
personal  representative  or  beneficiary,  as  the  case  may  be)  the  minimum  amount  of  any  taxes  which  the  Company  or  one  of  its
Subsidiaries may be required to withhold with respect to such

Exhibit 10.3

Award event or payment, except to the extent additional withholding does not result in adverse accounting treatment to the Company.

In  any  case  where  a  tax  is  required  to  be  withheld  in  connection  with  the  delivery  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  under  the  Plan,  the
Administrator may in its sole discretion (subject to Section 14) require or grant (either at the time of the Award or thereafter) to the Grantee
the  right  to  elect,  pursuant  to  such  rules  and  subject  to  such  conditions  as  the  Administrator  may  establish,  that  the  Company  reduce  the
number of shares to be delivered by (or otherwise reacquire) the appropriate number of shares, valued in a consistent manner at their Fair
Market  Value  or  at  the  sales  price  in  accordance  with  authorized  procedures  for  cashless  exercises,  necessary  to  satisfy  the  minimum
applicable withholding obligation on exercise, vesting or payment. In no event shall the shares withheld exceed the minimum whole number
of shares required for tax withholding under applicable law.

19. Plan Not Funded. Awards payable under the Plan shall be payable in shares or from the general assets of the Company, and no special or
separate reserve, fund or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such awards. No Grantee, beneficiary or other person shall have any
right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset (including shares of Common Stock, except as expressly otherwise provided) of the
Company or one of its Subsidiaries by reason of any Award hereunder. Neither the provisions of the Plan (or of any related documents), nor
the creation or adoption of the Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall create, or be construed to create, a trust
of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and any Grantee, beneficiary or other person. To the
extent that a Grantee, beneficiary or other person acquires a right to receive payment pursuant to any Award hereunder, such right shall be no
greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

20. Privileges of Stock Ownership. Except as otherwise expressly authorized by the Administrator, a Grantee shall not be entitled to any
privilege of stock ownership as to any shares of Common Stock not actually delivered to and held of record by the participant. Except as
expressly required by Section 11.1 or otherwise expressly provided by the Administrator, no adjustment will be made for dividends or other
rights as a shareholder for which a record date is prior to such date of delivery.

21. Governing Law; Severability; Headings. The Plan, the Awards, all documents evidencing awards and all other related documents shall
be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon. If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision
invalid and unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Plan shall continue in effect. Captions and headings are given to the sections and
subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to
the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

22. No Corporate Action Restriction. The existence of the Plan, the Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder shall not limit,
affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Board or the shareholders of the Company to make or authorize: (a) any adjustment,
recapitalization,  reorganization  or  other  change  in  the  capital  structure  or  business  of  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary,  (b)  any  merger,
amalgamation,  consolidation  or  change  in  the  ownership  of  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary,  (c)  any  issue  of  bonds,  debentures,  capital,
preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the capital stock (or the rights thereof) of the Company or any Subsidiary, (d) any
dissolution  or  liquidation  of  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary,  (e)  any  sale  or  transfer  of  all  or  any  part  of  the  assets  or  business  of  the
Company or any Subsidiary, or (f) any other corporate act or proceeding by the Company or any Subsidiary. No participant, beneficiary or
any other person shall have any claim under any award or award agreement against any member of the Board or the Administrator, or the
Company or any employees, officers or agents of the Company or any Subsidiary, as a result of any such action.

Exhibit 10.3

23. Stock Retention Requirement for Executive Officers. The Award Agreement providing for an Award under the Plan to a participant
who  is  the  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer  or  chief  operating  officer,  if  any,  of  the  Company  shall  provide  that  the
participant shall continue to hold the Shares issued in connection with the Award (net of Shares withheld or disposed of to pay applicable
income and employment taxes due by the participant) for a period of twelve (12) months following the later of the date of issuance of the
Shares  to  the  participant  or,  in  the  case  of  Shares  issued  as  restricted  stock,  the  date  of  vesting  of  such  Shares.  This  holding  period
requirement  shall  cease  to  apply  (i)  following  the  participant’s  termination  of  employment  with  the  Company,  (ii)  at  such  time  as  the
participant  has  met  such  share  ownership  guidelines  as  may  be  adopted  by  the  Board  and  as  are  applicable  to  the  participant,  or  (iii)  the
occurrence of an event described in Section 11.3 (relating to a Merger or Asset Sale) or similar event involving the sale of the Company.

Exhibit 10.9

Summary of Pixelworks Non-Employee Director Compensation

General Board Service - Cash
General Board Service - Equity

Committee Member Service - Additional Annual
Fees

Annual Retainer: $40,000
Initial grant upon election or appointment: $74,000 fair value in stock options (based on Black-
Scholes valuation assumptions consistent with the Company’s financial reporting obligations and 30-
day average stock price) with a six year term vesting 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date,
and ratably on a monthly basis thereafter for the next three years, subject to acceleration on change of
control

Annual grant at annual meeting of shareholders: $74,000 fair value in RSUs (based on 30-day average
stock price) vesting on first to occur of (1) the day before the next annual meeting of the Company’s
shareholders that follows the grant date, or (2) the first anniversary of the grant date, subject to
acceleration on change of control
Committee member annual fees:

Audit: $8,000 (paid quarterly)

Comp: $5,000 (paid quarterly)

Corp Gov/Nom: $3,000 (paid quarterly)

Committee Chair Service - Additional Annual Fees Committee Chair fees:

Chairman of the Board

Audit: $19,000 (paid quarterly)

Comp: $10,000 (paid quarterly)

Corp Gov/Nom: $7,500 (paid quarterly)
Additional annual retainer: $28,000

Subsidiaries of Pixelworks, Inc.

Exhibit 21

Equator Technologies, Inc. — a Delaware corporation
ViXS USA, Inc. – a Delaware corporation
Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. — a China company
Pixelworks Japan Inc. — a Japan company
Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Taiwan) Inc. — a Taiwan company
Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. Shenzhen Branch Office No. 1 – a China company
Pixelworks Hong Kong Limited (Hong Kong) – a Hong Kong company
Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology California LLC (California) – a California company
ViXS Systems Inc. dba Pixelworks Canada (Canada) – a Canadian company

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.1

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-256606, 333-239466, 333-233210, 333-227352,
333-219418,  333-212650,  333-205856,  333-197644,  333-190037,  333-182701,  333-168175,  333-161125,  333-152945  and  333-136553)  and  Form  S-3
(Nos.  333-249934,  333-221239  and  333-221238)  of  Pixelworks,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  of  our  report  dated  March  9,  2022  relating  to  the  consolidated
financial statements appearing in this Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.

/s/ Armanino LLP

San Ramon, California
March 9, 2022

Exhibit 31.1

I, Todd A. DeBonis, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pixelworks, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most
recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected  or  is  reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: March 9, 2022

By:

  /s/ Todd A. DeBonis
  Todd A. DeBonis

President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

I, Haley F. Aman, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pixelworks, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most
recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected  or  is  reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: March 9, 2022

By:

  /s/ Haley F. Aman

  Haley F. Aman
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  of  Pixelworks,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  as  filed  with  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  Todd  A.  DeBonis,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,
certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1.

2.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the
Company.

By:

  /s/ Todd A. DeBonis
  Todd A. DeBonis

President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date:

  March 9, 2022

 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  of  Pixelworks,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  as  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Haley F. Aman, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to
Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
that:

1.

2.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the
Company.

By:

  /s/ Haley F. Aman

  Haley F. Aman
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

Date:

  March 9, 2022